Higher Taxon GNATHOSTOMATA

Bibliography for GNATHOSTOMATA

The GNATHOSTOMATA bibliography is also available in CSV format.

ABRS 2001. Census of Australian Vertebrates. Australian Biological Resources Study.
Aarn [no initial] & Ivantsoff, W. 1996. Descriptive anatomy of Rhadinocentrus ornatus (Osteichthyes: Melanotaeniidae). Ichthyological Explorations of Freshwater 7(1): 41–58
Aarn [no initial] & Ivantsoff, W. 1997. Descriptive anatomy of Cairnsichthys rhombosomoides and Iriatherina werneri (Teleostei: Atheriniformes), and a phylogenetic analysis of Melanotaeniidae. Ichthyological Explorations of Freshwater 8(2): 107–250
Abbott, C.C. 1860. Description of new species of apodal fishes in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 12: 475–479
Abbott, I. 1972. Birds of Bass Strait. Evolution and ecology of the avifaunas of some Bass Strait islands, and comparisons with those of Tasmania and Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 85: 197–223
Abe, T. 1952. Taxonomic studies on the puffers (Tetraodontidae, Teleostei) from Japan and adjacent regions. VII. Concluding remarks, with the introduction of two new genera, Fugu and Boesemanichthys. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 2(1): 35–44 figs 1–3
Abe, T. 1953. New, rare or uncommon fishes from Japanese waters. II. Records of rare fishes of the families Diretmidae, Luvaridae and Tetragonuridae, with an appendix (description of a new species, Tetragonurus pacificus, from off the Solomon Islands). Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 3(1): 39–47
Abe, T. 1960. Description of a new lutjanid fish of the genus Paracaesio from Japan. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 8: 56–62
Abe, T. 1966. Description of a new squaloid shark, Centroscyllium kamoharai from Japan. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 13(4/6): 190–194 figs 1–8
Abe, T. & Haneda, Y. 1972. Descriptions of two new species of the ponyfish genus Leiognathus from Indonesia. Science Reports of the Yokosuka City Museum 19: 1–7 figs 1–2
Abe, T. & Hotta, H. 1963. Description of a new deep-sea fish of the genus Rondeletia from Japan. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 10(2–6): 43–48 pls 11–12
Abensperg-Traun, M. 1989. Some observations on the duration of lactation and movement of a Tachyglossus aculeatus acanthion (Monotremata: Tachyglossidae) from Western Australia. Australian Mammology 12: 33–34
Abensperg-Traun, M. 1991. A study of home range, movements and shelter use in adult and juvenile echidnas, Tachyglossus aculeatus (Monotremata: Tachyglossidae), in Western Australian wheatbelt reserves. Australian Mammology 14: 13–21
Abensperg-Traun, M. 1991. Survival strategies of the echidna Tachyglossus aculeatus (Monotremata: Tachyglossidae). Biological Conservation 58: 317–328
Abensperg-Traun, M. & Steven, D. 1997. Ant- and termite-eating in Australian mammals and lizards: A comparison. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 9–17
Abensperg-Traun, M., Dickman, C.R. & De Boer, E.S. 1991. Patch use and prey defence in a mammalian myrmecophage, the echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus) (Monotremata: Tachyglossidae): a test of foraging efficiency in captive and free-ranging animals. Journal of Zoology, London 225: 481–493
Abenspergen, M.A. 1988. Food preference of the echidna, Tachyglossus aculeatus (Monotremata: Tachyglossidae), in the wheatbelt of Western Australia. Australian Mammology 11: 117–123
Aberton, J.G., Wilson, B.A. & Chenery, K. 1994. Observations on the behaviour of Antechinus minimus maritimus (Marsupialia Dasyuridae). Victorian Naturalist 111: 135–138
Abramov, A.A. 1992. Species composition and distribution of Epigonus (Epigonidae) in the world ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 32(5): 94–108 [original article in Russian in Voprosky Ikhtiologii 32(2): 17-31]
Adam, M.S., Merrett, N.R. & Andersen, C. 1998. Additions to the Fish Fauna of the Maldive Islands. Part 1: An annotated checklist of the deep demersal fishes of the Maldive Islands. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B. Smith Institute, Grahamstown 67: 1–19
Adams, D. 1973. Broad-headed snake (Hoplocephalus bungaroides). Herpetofauna 5: 19–22
Adams, M., Baverstock, P.R., Saunders, D.A., Schodde, R. & Smith, G.T. 1984. Biochemical systematics of the Australian cockatoos (Psittaciformes: Cacatuinae). Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 363–377
Adams, M., Baverstock, P.R., Tidemann, C.R. & Woodside, D.P. 1982. Large genetic differences between sibling species of bats, Eptesicus from Australia. Heredity 48: 435–438
Agafonova, T.B. 1994. Systematics and distribution of Cubiceps (Nomeidae) of the world ocean. Journal of Ichthyology 34(5): 116–143 figs 1–16
Agafonova, T.F. 1988. New data on the taxonomy and distribution of cigarfishes (Cubiceps, Nomeidae) of the Indian Ocean. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 28(4): 541-555 [English translation in J. Ichthyol. 28(6): 46-61]
Agar, N.S. & Godwin, I.R. 1991. Red cell metabolism in brown antechinus, the bilby and the rufous hare-wallaby. Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 681–687
Agassiz, J.L.R. 1838. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. Neuchâtel (Switz.) Vol. 3 pp. 73–140, atlas pls 1a, 8a–b, 15, 17, 19–20, 24, 25b, 30, 31–35, 39–40.
Agassiz, J.L.R. 1839. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. Neuchâtel (Switz.) Vol. 4 pp. 1–16.
Agassiz, J.L.R. 1843. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. Neuchâtel (Switz.) Vol. 3 pp. 157–390, atlas pls 1, 18, 22, 26a, 38, 40b–d, 45, 47.
Agassiz, J.L.R. 1844. Report on the fossil fishes of the London clay. Report of the 14th meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science 1844: 279–310
Agassiz, J.L.R. 1857. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States. North American Testudinata. Boston : Little, Brown & Co. Vol. 1(2) pp. 233–450.
Agassiz, J.L.R. in Spix, J.B. von & Agassiz, J.L.R. 1831. Selecta genera et species piscium quos in itinere per Brasiliam annos MDCCCXVII-MDCCCXX jussu et auspiciis Maximiliani Josephi I… colleget et pingendso curavit Dr J. B. de Spix…. Monachii. Selecta Piscium Brasiliam. Part 1. 1–82 pls 1–48 pp.
Agassiz, L. 1846. Nomenclatoris Zoologici Index Universalis, continens nomina systematica classium, ordinum, familiarum et generum animalium omnium, tam viventium quam fossilium, secundum ordinem alphabeticum unicum disposita, adjectis homonymiis plantarum, nec non variis adnotationibus et emendationibus. Soloduri : Jent & Gassmann pp. viii 392. [published between 1846–1848]
Agassiz, L. 1846. Nomenclatoris Zoologici Index Universalis. Soloduri : Jent et Gassman pp. 393.
Ahl, E. 1923. Ichthyologische Mitteilungen 3. Ueber eine neue Art der Gattung Hepatus. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 11: 36–37
Ahl, E. 1923. Zur Kenntnis der Knochenfischfamilie Chaetodontidae, insbesondere der Unterfamilie Chaetodontinae. Archiv für Naturgeschichte. Berlin A 89(5): 1–205 pls 1–3
Ahl, E. 1925. Herpetologische notizen. Zoologischer Anzeiger 65: 18–20
Ahl, E. 1926. Neue Eidechsen und Amphibien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 67: 186–192
Ahl, E. 1929. Beschreibung eines neuen Laubfrösches der Gattung Hyla von Java. Zoologischer Anzeiger 85: 269–271
Ahl, E. 1932. Beschreibung einer neuen Schildkröte aus Australien. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 1932: 127–129
Ahl, E. 1932. Eine neue Eidechse und zwei neue Frösche von der Insel Jobi. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 17: 892–899
Ahl, E. 1935. Beschreibung einer neuen Eidechse aus West australien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 112: 204–205
Ahl, E. 1935. Beschreibung eines neuen Laubfrösche aus Südaustralien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 109: 252–253
Ahl, J.N. 1789. Specimen ichthyologicum de Muraena et Ophichtho. Inaug. Dissert. Uppsala 14 pp. 2 pls.
Ahlstrom, E.H., Moser, H.G. & Cohen, D.M. 1984. Argentinoidei: development and relationships. 155–169 figs 82–88 in Moser, H.G. et al.. Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760
Ahlstrom, E.H., Richards, W.J. & Weitzman, S.H. 1984. Families Gonostomatidae, Sternoptychidae, and associated stomiiform groups: development and relationships. 184–198 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760
Aitken, K. 1998. Sharks and Rays of Australia. Sydney : New Holland (Australia) 96 pp.
Aitken, P. 1979. The status of endangered Australian wombats, bandicoots and the marsupial mole. pp. 61–65 in Tyler, M.J. (ed.). The Status of Endangered Australasian Wildlife. Adelaide : Royal Zoological Society of South Australia.
Aitken, P.F. 1968. Observations on Notomys fuscus (Wood Jones) (Muridae - Pseudomyinae) with notes on a new synonym. South Australian Naturalist 43: 37–45
Aitken, P.F. 1971. Rediscovery of the Large Desert Sminthopsis (Sminthopsis psammophilus Spencer) on Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. Victorian Naturalist 88: 103–111
Aitken, P.F. 1971. Whales from the coast of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 95: 95–103
Aitken, P.F. 1972. Planigale gilesi (Marsupialia, Dasyuridae); a new species from the interior of south eastern Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 16(10): 1–14
Aitken, P.F. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. V. Mammals. Records of the South Australian Museum 17: 197–202
Aitken, P.F., Burbidge, A.A., Johnson, K.A. & Fuller, P.J. 1995. Central Hare-wallaby Lagorchestes asomatus. pp. 311–312 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Aitkin, L.M. & Gates, G.R. 1983. Connections of the auditory cortex of the brush-tailed possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Brain, Behavior and Evolution 22: 75–88
Aitkin, L.M., Nelson, J.E. & Shepherd, R.K. 1994. Hearing, vocalization and the external ear of a marsupial, the northern quoll, Dasyurus hallucatus. Journal of Comparative Neurology 349: 377–388
Aizawa, M. 2002. Families Hemiramphidae, Exocoetidae, Belonidae, Scomberesocidae. pp. 1516–1518 in Nakabo, T. (ed.). Fishes of Japan with Pictorial Keys to the Species, English edition. Tokyo : Toikai University Press pp. 867–1749.
Aizawa, M. 2002. Stomiiformes. pp. 1474–1481 in Nakabo, T. (ed.). Fishes of Japan with Pictorial Keys to the Species. Tokyo : Toikai University Press Vol. 2 pp. 867–1749.
Akihito, Meguro, K. & Sakamoto, K. 2003. A new species of gobiid fish, Cristatogobius rubripectoralis, from Australia. Ichthyological Research 50: 117-122
Akihito, P. 1986. Some morphological characters considered to be important in gobiid phylogeny. pp. 629–639 in Uyeno, T., Arai, R., Taniuchi, T. & Matsuura, K. (eds). Indo-Pacific Fish Biology. Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Indo-Pacific Fishes. Tokyo : Ichthyological Society of Japan 985 pp.
Akihito, P. & Meguro, K. 1974. On gobiid fishes Ophiocara porocephala and Ophieleotris aporos. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 21(2): 72–84 figs 1–4
Akihito, P. & Meguro, K. 1975. Description of a new gobiid fish, Glossogobius aureus, with notes on related species of the genus. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 22(3): 127–142 figs 1–3
Akihito, P. & Meguro, K. 1980. On the six species of the genus Bathygobius found in Japan. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 27(3): 215–236
Akihito, P. & Meguro, K. 1983. Myersina nigrivirgata, a new species of goby from Okinawa Prefecture in Japan. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 29(4): 343–348
Akihito, P. & Sakamoto, K. 1989. Reexamination of the status of the striped goby. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 36(1): 100–112 figs 1–7
Akihito, P., Iwata, A., Kobayashi, T., Ikeo, K., Imanishi, T., Ono, H., Umehara, Y., Hamamatsu, C., Sugiyama, K., Ikeda, Y., Sakamoto, K., Fumihito, A., Ohno, S. & Gojobori, T. 2000. Evolutionary aspects of gobioid fishes based upon a phylogenetic analysis of mitochondrial cytochrome b genes. Gene 259: 5–15
Albertis, L.M. d' & Salvadori, T. 1879. Catalogo degli uccelli raccolti da L.M. d'Albertis durante la 2a e 3a esplorazone del Fiume Fly negli anni 1876 e 1877. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 14: 21–147
Alcala, A.C. & Brown, W.A. 1967. Population ecology of the tropical scincoid lizard, Emoia atrocostata, in the Philippines. Copeia 1967: 596–604
Alcock, A. 1891. Class Pisces. In, II. – Natural history notes from H. M. Indian marine survey steamer Investigator, Commander R.F. Hoskyn, R.N., commanding.–Series II., No. 1. On the results of deep-sea dredging during the season 1890-91. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 8(2,15): 16–34, 119–138 figs 1–5 pls 7–8
Alcock, A.W. 1889. Natural History notes from H. M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator. — No. 10. List of the Pleuronectidae obtained in the Bay of Bengal in 1888 and 1889, with descriptions of new and rare species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 58(23): 279–295 pls 16–18
Alcock, A.W. 1889. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., D.S.O., commanding. — No. 13. On the bathybial fishes of the Bay of Bengal and neighbouring waters, obtained during the seasons 1885–1889. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 4(54, 57): 376–399, 450–461
Alcock, A.W. 1889. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian marine survey steamer Investigator, Commander Alfred Carpenter, R.N., D.S.O., commanding.— No. 13. On the bathybial fishes of the Bay of Bengal and neighbouring waters, obtained during the seasons 1885-1889. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 4(24): 450–461
Alcock, A.W. 1890. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator, Commander R.F. Hoskyn R.N., commanding. — No. 18. On the bathybial fishes of the Arabian Sea, obtained during season 1889–90. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 6(34): 295–311
Alcock, A.W. 1890. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine survey steamer Investigator. No. 16. On the bathybial fishes collected in the Bay of Bengal during the season 1889–1890. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 6(33): 197–222 pls 8–9
Alcock, A.W. 1890. On some undescribed shorefishes from the Bay of Bengal. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 6: 425–443 figs 1–3
Alcock, A.W. 1891. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey steamer Investigator, Commander R.F. Hoskyn, R.N., commanding. Series II. No 1. On the results of deep sea dredging during the season 1890–91. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 8(43): 16–34 figs 1–2 pls 7–8
Alcock, A.W. 1891. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey steamer Investigator, Commander R.F. Hoskyn, R.N., commanding. Series II. No 1. On the results of deep sea dredging during the season 1890–91. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 8(44): 119–138
Alcock, A.W. 1892. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian marine survey steamer `Investigator,' Lieut. G.S. Gunn, R.N., commanding.— Series II, No. 5. On the bathybial fishes collected during the season of 1891-92. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 10(59): 345–365 pl. 18
Alcock, A.W. 1894. Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator". Part 2. Fishes. Calcutta, pls 8–13.
Alcock, A.W. 1894. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator, Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., commanding. Series 2(11). An account of a recent collection of bathybial fishes from the Bay of Bengal and from the Laccadive Sea. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 63(2,2): 115–137 pls 6–7
Alcock, A.W. 1894. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer Investigator, Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., commanding. Series 2(9). An account of the deep sea collection made during the season of 1892–93. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 62(2,4): 177–184 pl. 9
Alcock, A.W. 1896. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian marine survey steamer Investigator, Series 2(2). A supplemental list of the marine fishes of India with descriptions of two new genera and eight new species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 65(2,3): 301–338
Alcock, A.W. 1898. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Ship Investigator, Commander T.H. Heming, R.N., commanding. Series 2(25). A note on the deep-sea fishes with descriptions of some new genera and species including another probably viviparous ophidioid. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 2(22): 136–155
Alcock, A.W. 1899. A Descriptive Catalogue of Indian Marine Deep-sea Fishes in the Indian Museum, collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey ship Investigator. Calcutta 211 pp. 8 pls 1 map.
Alcock, A.W. 1899. Halimochirurgus centriscoides, a new deep-sea fish from the Gulf of Manár. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 68: 78 [not seen]
Alcock, A.W. in Wood-Mason, J. & Alcock, A. 1891. On the results of deep-sea dredging during the season 1890–91. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 8(2,15): 16–34, 119–138 figs 1–5 pls 7–8
Alcorn, G.T. 1983. Germ cell development in female pouch young of the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 67: 319–325
Aldridge, R.D. & Arackal, A.A. 2005. Reproductive biology and stress of captivity in male brown treesnakes (Boiga irregularis) on Guam. Australian Journal of Zoology 53: 249-256
Alexander, W.B. 1917. Description of a new species of fish of the genus Evoxymetopon, Poey. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 2: 104 pl. 7 [dated 1915–1916]
Alexander, W.B. 1919. A new species of marsupial of the subfamily Phalangerinae. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 4: 31–36
Alexander, W.B. 1922. The Vertebrate Fauna of Houtman's Abrolhos (Abrolhos Islands), Western Australia. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 34: 462-467
Alexander, W.B. 1924. White's Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales. The Emu 23: 209–215
Algar, D., Arnold, G.W. & Grassia, A. 1988. Effects of nitrogen and season on western grey kangaroo hematology. Journal of Wildlife Management 52: 616–619
Allan, D.A. 1954. The Royal Scottish Museum. General Survey. pp. 5-24 in, The Royal Scottish Museum. Art & Ethnography. Natural History. Technology. Geology 1854–1954. Oliver & Boyd : Edinburgh.
Allan, R. 2002. Australian Fish and How to Catch Them. Sydney : New Holland Publishers (Australia) 394 pp.
Allen, G.H. 1950. Birds as a biotic factor in the environment of pastures, with particular reference to Galahs (Cacatua roseicapilla). Journal of the Australian Institute of Agricultural Science 16: 18–25
Allen, G.M. 1933. Two new bats from Australia. Journal of Mammalogy 14: 149–151
Allen, G.R. 1972. Anemonefishes, their Classification and Biology. Neptune CityNew Jersey : T.F.H. Publications 288 pp., 140 figs.
Allen, G.R. 1973. Bodianus bimaculatus, a new species of wrasse (Pisces : Labridae) from the Palau Archipelago. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 86(32): 385–390 fig. 1
Allen, G.R. 1973. Three new species of deep-dwelling damselfishes (Pomacentridae) from the south-west Pacific Ocean. Australian Zoologist 18(1): 31–42 figs 1–3
Allen, G.R. 1974. A review of the labrid genus Paracheilinus, with the description of a new species from Melanesia. Pacific Science 28(4): 449-455
Allen, G.R. 1975. Damselfishes of the South Seas. New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications 237 pp. 251 figs.
Allen, G.R. 1975. Four new damselfishes (Pomacentridae) from the southwest Pacific. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 99(2): 87–99 5 figs
Allen, G.R. 1975. The Anemone Fishes. Their Classification and Biology. Neptune City, New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications Second edition 351 pp.
Allen, G.R. 1976. Descriptions of three new fishes from Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 59(1): 24–30 figs 1–3
Allen, G.R. 1976. Two new species of damselfishes (Pomacentridae) from Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 4(2): 133–144 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. 1977. A new species of scorpaenid fish (Scorpaenidae) from Western Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 101(3): 145–149 pl. 1
Allen, G.R. 1977. A revision of the plesiopid fish genus Trachinops, with the description of a new species from Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 5(1): 59–72 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. 1978. A review of the archerfishes (family Toxotidae). Records of the Western Australian Museum 6(4): 355–378 figs 1–11
Allen, G.R. 1978. The rainbowfishes of northwestern Australia (family Melanotaeniidae). Tropical Fish Hobbyist 26(10): 91–102 figs 1–15
Allen, G.R. 1980. A generic classification of the rainbowfishes (family Melanotaeniidae). Records of the Western Australian Museum 8(3): 449–490 figs 1–24
Allen, G.R. 1980. Butterfly and Angelfishes of the World. New York : John Wiley & Sons Vol. 2 pp. 149–352 figs 214–510.
Allen, G.R. 1982. Inland Fishes of Western Australia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 86 pp. 6 figs 20 pls.
Allen, G.R. 1983. A new genus and species of wrasse (Pisces: Labridae) from Rowley Shoals, Western Australia. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 10(2): 43–46
Allen, G.R. 1985. FAO Species Catalogue. Snappers of the World. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of lutjanid species known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125, Vol. 6. Rome : FAO 208 pp.
Allen, G.R. 1985. A new species of cardinalfish (Apogonidae) from northern Australia and the Aru Islands. The Beagle. Occasional Papers of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences 2(1): 11–15 figs 1–3
Allen, G.R. 1985. Fishes of Western Australia. Book 9. pp. 2207–2534 526 pls in Burgess, W.E. & Axelrod, H.R. (eds). Pacific Marine Fishes. Neptune, New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications.
Allen, G.R. 1985. Fishes of Western Australia. Book 9. pp. 2207–2534 526 pls in Burgess, W.E. & Axelrod, H.R (eds). Pacific Marine Fishes. Neptune, New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications.
Allen, G.R. 1987. Descriptions of three new pseudochromid fishes of the genus Pseudoplesiops from Australia and surrounding regions. Records of the Western Australian Museum 13(2): 249–261
Allen, G.R. 1987. New Australian Fishes. Part 2. Four new species of Apogonidae. Memoirs of Museum Victoria 48(1): 3–8
Allen, G.R. 1987. New Australian fishes. Part 3. A new species of Pomacentrus (Pomacentridae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 48(1): 9–11 fig. 1
Allen, G.R. 1989. Freshwater Fishes of Australia. Neptune, New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications 240 pp., 63 pls.
Allen, G.R. 1991. Damselfishes of the World. Melle, Germany : Mergus Verlag 271 pp.
Allen, G.R. 1991. Field Guide to the Freshwater Fishes of New Guinea. Madang : Christensen Research Institute 268 pp. [Publication No. 9 of the Christensen Research Institute]
Allen, G.R. 1992. A new species of cardinalfish (Apogonidae) from northern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 15(4): 697–701
Allen, G.R. 1992. A new species of damselfish (genus Pomacentrus) from north-western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 15(4): 691–695
Allen, G.R. 1993. Variichthys, a replacement name for the terapontid fish genus Varia and first record of V. lacustris from Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 16(3): 459-460
Allen, G.R. 1993. Cardinalfishes (Apogonidae) of Madang Province, Papua New Guinea, with descriptions of three new species. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 20(1): 9-20
Allen, G.R. 1993. Fishes of Ashmore Reef and Cartier Island. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 44: 67–86
Allen, G.R. 1993. Two new species of damselfishes (Pomacentrus) with comments on the validity of two additional pomacentrid fishes. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 20(1): 21–26 9 figs
Allen, G.R. 1995. Lutjanus rufolineatus, a valid species of snapper (Pisces, Lutjanidae) with notes on a closely allied species, Lutjanus boutton. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 22(1–2): 11–18
Allen, G.R. 1995. Pseudochromis howsoni, a new species of dottyback fish (Pseudochromidae) from Ashmore Reef, Timor Sea. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 21(3-4): 83–85 [dated 1994]
Allen, G.R. 1995. A new species of cardinalfish (Apogon : Apogonidae) from northwestern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 17: 177–180
Allen, G.R. 1995. A new species of wrasse (Labridae: Cirrhilabrus) from Western Australia. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 22(1–2): 14–18
Allen, G.R. 1995. Two new species of damselfishes (Pomacentridae) from Indonesian Seas. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 21(3–4): 86–90
Allen, G.R. 1996. New records of reef and shore fishes from northwestern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 18: 109–112
Allen, G.R. 1997. Marine Fishes of Tropical Australia and South-east Asia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 292 pp. 106 pls.
Allen, G.R. 1998. A review of the marine catfish genus Paraplotosus (Plotosidae) with the description of a new species from north-western Australia. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 46(1): 123–134 figs 1–4
Allen, G.R. 1998. Descriptions of a new wrasse (Pisces: Labridae; Cirrhilabrus from North-western Australia. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 25(3-4): 118–122 figs 1–4
Allen, G.R. 1999. Myersina larsonae, a new species of goby (Pisces: Gobiidae) from north-western Australia. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 26(1–2): 49–51 figs 1–3
Allen, G.R. 1999. Apogonidae. pp. 2602-2610 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.
Allen, G.R. 1999. Family Ambassidae. pp. 2433-2435 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.
Allen, G.R. 2001. Kurtidae. pp. 3610 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6 pp. 3381–4218.
Allen, G.R. 2001. Toxotidae. pp. 3212-3215 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.
Allen, G.R. 2001. Two new species of cardinalfishes (Apogonidae) from the Raja Ampat Islands, Indonesia. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 4(4): 143-149
Allen, G.R. 2004. Toxotes kimberleyensis, a new species of Archerfish (Pisces: Toxotidae) from fresh waters of Western Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 225–230
Allen, G.R., this work
Allen, G.R. & Feinberg, M.N. 1998. Descriptions of a new genus and four new species of freshwater catfishes (Plotosidae) from Australia. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 3(1): 9–18 figs 1–6
Allen, G.R. & Ayling A.M. 1987. New Australian Fishes. Part 5. A new species of Acanthurus (Acanthuridae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 48(1): 15–16
Allen, G.R. & Boeseman, M. 1982. A collection of freshwater fishes from western New Guinea with descriptions of two new species (Gobiidae and Eleotridae). Records of the Western Australian Museum 10(2): 67–103 figs 1–7
Allen, G.R. & Burgess, W.E. 1990. A review of the glass-fishes (Ambassidae) of Australia and New Guinea. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 34: 139-206
Allen, G.R. & Cowan, M.A. 1995. First record of the false catshark, Pseudotriakis microdon, from Australian seas. Records of the Western Australian Museum 17: 235–236 fig. 1
Allen, G.R. & Cross, N.J. 1982. Rainbowfishes of Australia and Papua-New Guinea. New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications 142 pp. figs.
Allen, G.R. & Cross, N.J. 1983. A new species and two new records of squirrelfishes (Holocentridae) from the eastern Indian Ocean and Australia. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 10(1): 5–8 figs 1–5
Allen, G.R. & Emery, A.R. 1985. A review of the pomacentrid fishes of the genus Stegastes from the Indo-west Pacific with descriptions of two new species. Indo-Pacific Fishes 3: 1–31 figs 1–5 pls 1–3
Allen, G.R. & Heemstra, P.C. 1976. Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus, a new species of morwong (Pisces : Cheilodactylidae) from Western Australia, with a key to the cheilodactylid fishes of Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 4(4): 311–325 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. & Hoese, D.F. 1975. A review of the pomacentrid fish genus Parma, with descriptions of two new species. Records of the Western Australian Museum 3(4): 261–294 figs 1–18
Allen, G.R. & Hoese, D.F. 1980. A collection of fishes from the Jardine River, Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 63(2): 53–61 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. & Ivantsoff, W. 1982. Pseudomugil mellis, le honey Blue-eye, une nouvelle espèce de poisson Arc-en-ciel (Melanotaeniidae) d'Australie orientale. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 9(3): 83–86 figs 1–7
Allen, G.R. & Jenkins, A.P. 1999. A review of the Australian freshwater gudgeons, genus Mogurnda (Eleotridae) with descriptions of three new species. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 3(4): 141–155
Allen, G.R. & Kuiter, R.H. 1976. A review of the plesiopid fish genus Assessor, with descriptions of two new species. Records of the Western Australian Museum 4(3): 201–215 figs 1–4
Allen, G.R. & Kuiter, R.H. 1978. Heniochus diphreutes Jordan, a valid species of butterflyfish (Chaetodontidae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 61(1): 11–18 figs 1–5
Allen, G.R. & Larson, H.K. 1979. Parma bicolor, a new species of damselfish from southwestern Australia. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 6(1): 11–14 figs 1–4
Allen, G.R. & Leggett, R. 1990. A collection of freshwater fishes from the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 14(4): 527–545 fig. 1
Allen, G.R. & Merrick, J.R. 1984. A new species of freshwater grunter (Pisces : Terapontidae) from northern Australia. The Beagle. Occasional Papers of the Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences 1(8): 75–80 figs 1–3
Allen, G.R. & Morrison, S. 1996. A new species of cardinalfish (Apogonidae) from northern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 17: 439–442
Allen, G.R. & Moyer, J.T. 1980. Ellerkeldia wilsoni, a new species of serranid fish from southwestern Australia. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 26(4): 329–333 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. & Pusey, B.J. 1999. Hephaestus tulliensis De Vis, a valid species of grunter (Terapontidae) from fresh waters of north-eastern Queensland, Australia. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 3(4): 157–162 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1974. Five new species and a new genus of damselfishes (family Pomacentridae) from the South Pacific Ocean. Tropical Fish Hobbyist 21(9): 36–49 figs 1–5
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1977. Review of the sharpnose pufferfishes (subfamily Canthigasterinae) of the Indo-Pacific. Records of the Australian Museum 30(17): 475–517 figs 1–15
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1985. A new genus and species of plesiopid fish from Western Australia and the central-south Pacific Ocean. Records of the Western Australian Museum 12(2): 185–191 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1985. A new species of damselfish (Pomacentridae) from eastern Australia and the Norfolk Island Ridge. Records of the Western Australian Museum 12(2): 241–245
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1990. Hypoplectrodes cardinalis, a new name for the serranid fish H. ruber (Allen) from southwestern Australia, with discussion of H. semicinctus from Juan Fernandez Islands. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 17(2): 45–46
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1993. Three new species of cardinalfishes (Apogonidae) from Australia and adjacent seas. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 19(4): 107–114
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1995. Apogon virgulatus Allen et Randall, a junior synonym of Apogon cavitiensis (Jordan et Seale). Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 22(1/2): 10
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 1996. Three new species of wrasses (Labridae: Cirrhilabrus) from Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. Revue Française d'Aquariologie et Herpetologie 23(3–4): 101–112
Allen, G.R. & Randall, J.E. 2002. Four new Indo-Pacific species of cardinalfishes (Apogonidae). Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 5(3): 115–126
Allen, G.R. & Robertson, D.R. 1974. Descriptions of four new damselfishes (Pomacentridae) from Papua New Guinea and eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 29(4): 153–167 pls 1–5
Allen, G.R. & Russell, B.C. 1986. Part VII Fishes. 79–103 in Berry, P.F. (ed.). Faunal Surveys of the Rowley Shoals, Scott Reef and Seringapatam Reef, northwestern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 25: 1–106
Allen, G.R. & Russell, B.C. 1986. Part VII Fishes. 79–103 in Berry, P.F. (ed.). Faunal Surveys of the Rowley Shoals, Scott Reef and Seringapatam Reef, northwestern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 25: 1–106
Allen, G.R. & Sarti, N. 1983. Pseudomugil cyanodorsalis, une nouvelle espèce de blue-eye (Melanotaeniidae) d'Australie nord-occidentale. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 10(2): 47–50 figs 1–4
Allen, G.R. & Smith-Vaniz, W.F. 1994. Fishes of Cosos (Keeling) Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin 412: 21
Allen, G.R. & Starck, W.A. 1982. The anthiid fishes of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia, with the description of a new species. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 9(2): 47–56 figs 1–28
Allen, G.R. & Steene, R. 2004. Chaetodontoplus vanderloosi, a new species of angelfish (Pomacanthidae) from Papua New Guinea. Aqua, Journal of Ichthyology and Aquatic Biology 8(1): 23–30
Allen, G.R. & Steene, R.C. 1979. The Fishes of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Aust. Natl. Parks Wldlf. Ser. Spec. Publ. 2. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service 81 pp. 15 pls.
Allen, G.R. & Swainston, R. 1988. The Marine Fishes of North-Western Australia. A Field Guide for Anglers and Divers. Perth : Western Australian Museum 201 pp. 70 pls.
Allen, G.R. & Talbot, F.H. 1985. Review of the snappers of the genus Lutjanus (Pisces: Lutjanidae) from the Indo-Pacific, with the description of a new species. Indo-Pacific Fishes 11: 1–87
Allen, G.R. in Hoese, D.F., Bray, D.J., Paxton, J.R. & Allen, G.R. 2006. Fishes. In, Beesley, P.L. & Wells, A. (eds) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Volume 35. ABRS & CSIRO Publishing : Australia Part 1, pp. xxiv 1–670; Part 2, pp. xxi 671–1472; Part 3, pp. xxi 1473–2178.
Allen, G.R., Hoese, D.F., Paxton, J.R., Randall, J.E., Russell, B.C., Starck, W.A., Talbot, F.H. & Whitley, G.P. 1976. Annotated checklist of the fishes of Lord Howe Island. Records of the Australian Museum 30(15): 365–454 figs 1–2
Allen, G.R., Kuiter, R.H. & Randall, J.E. 1994. Descriptions of five new species of cardinalfishes (Apogonidae: Apogon) from Maumere Bay, Flores, Indonesia and surrounding regions. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 21(1–2): 27–38
Allen, G.R., Larson, H.K. & Midgley, S.H. 1993. A new species of Scortum Whitley (Pisces: Terapontidae) from the Northern Territory, Australia. The Beagle, Records of the Northern Territory Museum of the Arts and Sciences 10(1): 71–74
Allen, G.R., Larson, H.K. & Russell, B.C. 1989. Draft list of fishes of Ashmore Reef. Unpublished report of the Northern Territory Museum and Art Gallery, Darwin.
Allen, G.R., Midgley, S.H. & Allen, M. 2002. Field Guide to the Freshwater Fishes of Australia. Perth : Western Australian Museum 394 pp.
Allen, G.R., Steene, R. & Allen, M. 1998. A Guide to Angelfishes & Butterflyfishes. Cairns : Odyssey Publishing/Tropical Reef Research 250 pp. figs.
Allen, J.A. 1905. The Mammalia of southern Patagonia. Report of the Princeton University Expedition to Patagonia, 1896–1899 Zool. 3: 1–210 pls i–xxix
Allen, R.J. 1987. Alexandra's Parrots in the Great Victoria Desert. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 75
Allen, T.B. 2001. Shark Attacks: Their Causes and Avoidance. New York : Lyons Press 293 pp.
Alleyne, H.G. & Macleay, W.J. 1877. The ichthyology of the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1(3–4): 261–281, 321–359, pls 3–9, pls 10–17
Alleyne, H.G. & Macleay, W.J. 1877. The ichthyology of the Chevert Expedition (2). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1(4): 321–359 pls 10–17
Alleyne, H.G. & Macleay, W.J. 1877. The ichthyology of the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1(3–4): 261–281, 321–359, pls 3–9, 10–17
Allison, F.R. 1983. North Queensland Long-eared Bat Nyctophilus bifax. pp. 333 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Australian Museum Complete Book of Australian Mammals. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Angus & Robertson.
Allison, F.R. 1988. Molossidae. pp. 892–909 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Volume 1B Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. 827.
Allison, F.R. 1995. Hoary Wattled Bat Chalinolobus nigrogriseus. pp. 515–516 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Allison, F.R. & Hoye, G.A. 1995. Eastern Freetail-bat Mormopterus norfolkensis. pp. 484–485 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Alston, E.R. 1877. On the rodents and marsupials collected by the Rev. G. Brown in Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1877: 123–127 pls 18–19 [publication date established from Alston, E.R. 1878. Supplementary note on rodents and marsupials from Duke-of-York Island and New Ireland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1877: 743–744 [743]]
Alston, E.R. 1879. In Anon. Abstract. (Untitled) Zoological Society, June 17. Nature (London) 20: 210–211
Alston, E.R. 1879. On the Acanthomys of Gray. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1879: 645–647
Amadon, D. 1942. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. L Notes on some non-passerine genera, 2. American Museum Novitates 1176: 1–21
Amadon, D. 1943. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. 52 Notes on some non-passerine genera, 3. American Museum Novitates 1237: 1–22
Amadon, D. & Bull, J. 1988. Hawks and owls of the world. Proceedings of the Western Foundation of Vertebrate Zoology 3: 295–357
Amano, M., Miyasaki, N. & Yanagisawa, F. 1996. Life history of Fraser's dolphin, Lagenodelphis hosei, based on a school captured off the coast of Japan. Marine Mammal Science 12: 199–214
Amaoka, K. 1963. A revision of the flatfish referable to the genus Engyprosopon found in the waters around Japan. Bulletin of the Misaki Marine Biological Institute. Kyoto University 4: 107–121
Amaoka, K. 1963. A revision of the flatfish referable to the genus Psettina found in waters around Japan. Bulletin of the Misaki Marine Biological Institute. Kyoto University 4: 53–62 figs 1–6
Amaoka, K. 1969. Studies on the sinestral flounders found in the waters around Japan. Taxonomy, anatomy, and physiology. Journal of the Shimonoseki College of Fisheries 18: 65–340
Amaoka, K. & Arai, M. 1998. Redescription of a rare bothid, Asterorhombus bleekeri (Macleay), and description of a new species of Asterorhombus from northwestern Australia (Teleostei: Pleuronectiformes). Ichthyological Research 45(3): 249–257
Amaoka, K. & Hensley, D.A. 2001. Paralichthyidae. pp. 3842-3862 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6 pp. 3381–4218.
Amaoka, K. & Larson, H.K. 1999. New species of Psettina (Pleuronectiformes: Bothidae) from off Western Australia, and record of a rare species. Copeia 1999(4): 1072–1078 figs 1–3
Amaoka, K. & Mihara, E. 2000. Pisces Pleuronectiformes: Flatfishes from New Caledonia and adjacent waters. Genus Arnoglossus. Mémoires. Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 184: 783–813
Amaoka, K. & Mihara, E. 2001. Asterorhombus annulatus (Weber, 1913), a valid species distinct from Asterorhombus intermedius (Bleeker, 1865) (Pleuronectiformes: Bothidae). Ichthyological Research 48: 192-196
Amaoka, K. & Shen, S.-C. 1993. A new bothid flatfish Parabothus taiwanensis collected from Taiwan (Pleuronectiformes: Bothidae). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 53(3): 1042–1047
Amaoka, K. & Toyoshima, M. 1981. A new ogcocephalid fish, Dibranchus japonicus, from Japan. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 28(2): 115–121 figs 1–4
Amaoka, K. & Yamamoto, E. 1984. Review of the genus Chascanopsetta, with the description of a new species. Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University 35(4): 201–224
Amaoka, K. &.Fujii, R. 1999. Fishes of the Döderlein collection. pp. 147–165 in Nishikawa, T. (ed.). Preliminary Taxonomical and Historical Studies on Prof. Ludwig Döderlein's Collection of Japanese Animals made in 1880–81 and deposited at several European Museums. Nagoya, Japan : Seiten pp. 1–266.
Amaoka, K., Arai, M. & Gomon, M.F. 1997. A new species of Arnoglossus (Pleuronectiformes: Bothidae) from southwestern coast of Australia. Ichthyological Research 44(2): 131–136 figs 1–3
Amaoka, K., Mihara, E. & Rivaton, J. 1993. Pisces, Pleuronectiformes: Flatfishes from the waters around New Caledonia. — A revision of the genus Engyprosopon. Mémoires. Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 158: 377–426
Amaoka, K., Mihara, E. & Rivaton, J. 1997. Pisces, Pleuronectiformes: flatfishes from the waters around New Caledonia. Six species of the bothid genera Tosarhombus and Parabothus. Mémoires. Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 174: 143–171
Amaoka, K., Nakaya, K., Araya, H. & Yasui, T. 1983. Fishes from the North-eastern Sea of Japan and the Okhotsk Sea of Hokkaido. Tokyo : Japan Fisheries Resource Conservation Association pp. 371.
Amaoka, K., Senou, H. & Ono, A. 1994. Record of the bothid flounder Asterorhombus fijiensis from the western Pacific, with observations on the use of the first dorsal-fin ray as a lure. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 41(1): 23–28 figs 1–3
American Ornithologists' Union. 1983. Check-list of North American Birds. 6th Edn American Ornithologists' Union xxix 877 pp.
Ames, P.L. 1971. The Morphology of the Syrinx in Passerine Birds. Peabody Museum of Natural History, Bulletin 37: vi 194 pp. 21 pls
Ames, P.L. 1975. The application of the syringeal morphology to the classification of the Old World insect eaters (Muscicapidae). Bonner Zoologische Beiträge 26: 107-134
Amey, A.P., Kutt, A.S. & Hutchinson, M. 2005. A new species of Lerista (Scincidae) from Central Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 50(2): 125–131
Amirthalingam, C. 1969. A new fish from the Red Sea. Sudan Notes and Records 50: 129–133 pl. 1
Andersen, K. 1909. Notes on the genus Acerodon, with a synopsis of its species and subspecies, and descriptions of four new forms. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 3: 20–29
Andersen, K. 1910. Ten new fruit-bats of the genera Nyctimene, Cynopterus and Eonycteris. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 6: 621–625
Andersen, K. 1911. Six new fruit-bats of the genera Macroglossus and Syconycteris. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 7: 641–643
Andersen, K. 1912. Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the Collection of the British Museum. 2nd Megachiroptera. London : British Museum Vol. 1 pp. cii 854.
Anderson, J. 1802. Notices of a singular animal, lately discovered in New South Wales, with a figure. Recreations in Agriculture, Natural-history, Arts and Miscellaneous Literature 2 2: 562–565
Anderson, J. 1871. On some Indian reptiles. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 149–211
Anderson, J. 1878. Anatomical and Zoological Researches; comprising an account of zoological results of two expeditions to western Yunnan in 1868 and 1875; and a monograph of the two cetacean genera, Platanista and Orcella. London : Bernard Quaritch Vol. I (text), Vol. II (plates) pp. 984.
Anderson, J. 1881. Catalogue of Mammalia in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Pt 1. Primates, Prosimiae, Chiroptera, and Insectivora. Calcutta : Indian Museum pp. xvi 225.
Anderson, M.E. 1986. Order Zoarciformes. pp. 342–343 in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa 1047 pp., 144 pls.
Anderson, M.E. 1994. Systematics and osteology of the Zoarcidae (Teleostei: Perciformes). Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B. Smith Institute, Grahamstown 60: 1-120
Anderson, M.E. 2001. Family Zoarcidae. pp. 3493-3494 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6.
Anderson, M.E. 2005. Three new species of Microbrotula (Teleostei: Ophidiiformes; Bythitidae) from the Indo-West Pacific. Zootaxa 1006: 33-42
Anderson, M.E. & Heemstra, P.C. 2003. Review of the glassfishes (Perciformes: Ambassidae) of the western Indian Ocean. Cybium 27(3): 199–209
Anderson, M.E. & Leslie, R.W. 2001. Review of the deep-sea anglerfishes (Lophiiformes: Ceratioidei) of southern Africa. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B. Smith Institute, Grahamstown 70: 1-32
Anderson, P.K. 1981. The behaviour of the dugong (Dugong dugon) in relation to conservation and management. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 31: 640–647
Anderson, P.K. 1986. Dugongs of Shark Bay, Australia - seasonal migration, water, and forage. National Geographic Research 2: 473–490
Anderson, P.K. 1994. Dugong distribution, the seagrass Halophila spinulosa, and thermal environment in winter in deeper waters of eastern Shark Bay, Western Australia. Wildlife Research 21: 381–388
Anderson, P.K. 1997. Shark Bay dugongs in summer. I. Lek mating. Behaviour 134: 433–462
Anderson, P.K. & Barclay, R.M.R. 1995. Acoustic signals of solitary dugongs: Physical characteristics and behavioural correlates. Journal of Mammalogy 76: 1226–1237
Anderson, R. 1978. Gold on Four Feet. Commercial deer farming: a new rural industry of outstanding potential. Collingwood : R. Anderson & Assoc. pp. 160.
Anderson, R. 1979. Deer farming in Australia. Proceedings of the Post-graduate Committee of Veterinary Science University of Sydney 49: 55–71
Anderson, W.A., Gehringer, J.W. & Berry, F.H. 1966. Family Synodontidae. pp. 31–102 figs 8–35 in Olsen, Y.H. (ed.). Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Lizardfishes, other Iniomi, Deepsea Gulpers. Yale University : The Sears Foundation for Marine Research Mem. I Pt 5 647 pp. 220 pls.
Anderson, W.D. 1981. A new species of Indo-west Pacific Etelis (Pisces Lutjanidae), with comments on other species of the genus. Copeia 1981(4): 820–825
Anderson, W.D. & Allen, G.R. 2001. Lutjanidae. pp. 2840-2918 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.
Anderson, W.D. & Johnson, G.D. 1984. A new species of Callanthias (Pisces: Perciformes: Percoidei: Callanthiidae) from the southeastern Pacific Ocean. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 97(4): 942-950
Anderson, W.D. Jr 1999. Family Callanthiidae. pp. 2553-2554 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.
Anderson, W.D. Jr & Heemstra, P.C. 1989. Ellerkeldia, a junior synonym of Hypoplectrodes, with redescriptions of the type species of the genera (Pisces: Serranidae: Anthiinae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 102(4): 1001–1017
Anderson, W.D. Jr, Parin, N.V. & Randall, J.E. 1990. A new genus and species of anthiine fish (Pisces: Serranidae) from the eastern South Pacific with comments on anthiine relationships. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 103(4): 922–930
Anderson, W.D., Jr & Springer, V. 2005. Review of the perciform fish genus Symphysanodon Bleeker (Symphysanodontidae), with descriptions of three new species, S. mona, S. parini, and S. rhax. Zootaxa 994: 1–44
Anderson, W.D., Talwar, P.K. & Johnson, G.D. 1977. A replacement name for Tangia Chan (Pisces: Perciformes: Lutjanidae) with redescription of the genus and type-species. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 89(44): 509–518 fig. 1
Andersson, L.G. 1913. Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–1913. 4. Batrachians. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm ns 52: 1–26
Andersson, L.G. 1916. Results of Dr. E. Mjöberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–1913. 9. Batrachians from Queensland. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm ns 52: 1–20
Ando, K., Tagawa, T. & Uchida, T.A. 1980. A karyotypic study on four species of the Indonesian fruit-eating bats, belonging to Cynopterus, Eonycteris and Macroglossus (Chiroptera: Pteropidae). Caryologia 33: 41–53
Andrawartha, B. & Tuma, D. 2007. Fil-o-Fish Australia, Recrational & Commercial Fish Handbook. Balnarring, Victoria : Candlelight Publishing pp. 623.
Andrew, D.L. & Settle, G.A. 1982. Observations on the behaviour of species of Planigale (Dasyuridae, Marsupialia) with particular reference to the narrow-nosed planigale (Planigale tenuirostris). pp. 311–324 in Archer, M. (ed.). Carnivorous Marsupials. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Vol. 1.
Andrew, M.H. & Lange, R.T. 1986. The spatial distributions of sympatric populations of kangaroos and sheep: examples of dissociation between these species. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 367–373
Andrew, T.G., Hecht, T., Heemstra, P.C. & Lutjeharms, J.R.E. 1995. Fishes of the Tristan da Cunha group and Gough Island, south Atlantic Ocean. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B. Smith Institute, Grahamstown 63: 1–43 figs 1–34 pls 1–2
Andrews, A.P. 1985. A new species of Galaxias (Pisces : Galaxiidae) from southern Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 119: 55–60 fig. 1 pl. 1
Andrews, A.P. 1992. A descriptive catalogue of the type material (chordates) in the Tasmanian Museum. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 126: 109–113
Andrews, C.W. 1900. Mammals. pp. 22–37 in Andrews, C.W. (ed.). A Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean): physical features and geology; with descriptions of the fauna and flora by numerous contributors. London : British Museum (Natural History) xiii 337 pp.
Andrews, C.W. 1909. An account of Andrew's visit to Christmas Island in 1908. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1909: 101–103
Andrews, C.W. (ed.) 1900. A Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean): physical features and geology; with descriptions of the fauna and flora by numerous contributors. London : British Museum (Natural History) xiii 337 pp.
Andrews, R.C. 1908. Description of a new species of Mesoplodon from Canterbury Province, New Zealand. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 24: 203–215
Andriashev, A.P. 1960. Families of fishes new to the Antarctic. 1. Paradiplospinus antarcticus gen. et sp. n. (Pisces, Trichiuridae). Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 39(2): 244-249 [in Russian]
Andriashev, A.P. 1962. Bathypelagic fishes of the Antarctic. 1. Family Myctophidae. Akademii Nauk SSSR, Issledovaniya Fauny Morei 1(9): 216–294 figs 1–36 [in Russian; Bur. Comm. Fish. Ichthyol. Lab. Transl. 29]
Andriashev, A.P. 2003. Liparid Fishes (Liparidae, Scorpaeniformes) of the Southern Ocean and adjacent Waters. Russian Academy of Sciences Zoological Institute, Saint Petersburg. Biological Results of the Russian Antarctic Expeditions, Vol. 9. Explorations of the Fauna of the Seas, 53(61). 1-475 pp.
Angel, M.F. 1936. Deux gekkos nouveaux de Madagascar appartenant au genre Phyllodactylus. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 61: 508–511
Angermann, R. 1983. The taxonomy of Old World Lepus. Acta Zoologica Fennica 174: 17–21
Annandale, N. 1908. A new sting ray of the genus Trygon from the Bay of Bengal. Records of the Indian Museum 2(4): 393-394
Annandale, N. 1909. Report on the fishes taken by the Bengal fisheries steamer "Golden Crown." Part I, Batoidei. Memoirs of the Indian Museum 2(1): 1–60
Annandale, N. 1913. Some new and interesting Batrachia and lizards from India, Ceylon and Borneo. Records of the Indian Museum 9: 301–307
Anon. 1791. In Phillip, A. Voyage du Gouverneur Phillip à Botany-Bay, avec une description de l'établissement des Colonies du Port Jackson et de l'Île Norfolk; faite sur des papiers authentiques, obtenus des divers Departemens, auxquels on a ajouté les journaux des Lieutenans Shortland, Watts, Ball, et du Capitaine Marshall, avec un récit de leurs nouvelles découvertes. Traduit de l'Anglais. Paris : Buisson pp. iv 443.
Anon. 1798. Review of Tome I of `Histoire naturelle des poissons' by Lacépède (1798). Allgemeine Literatur-Zeitung, Berlin 3(287): 674–685
Anon. 1839. [A letter from Alexander Gordon, Esq. read]. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1838: 149
Anon. 1839. [No title]. pp. 454 in Knight, C. (ed.). Penny Cyclopaedia. London : Publisher unknown Vol. 14.
Anon. 1854. Bandicoot. pp. 382 in Knight, C. (ed.). The English Cyclopaedia. A new dictionary of universal knowledge conducted by Charles Knight. Natural History. London : Bradbury & Evans Vol. 1 pp. viii 1135.
Anon. 1856. IV. Museum. pp. 9-10 in Reports of the Council and Auditors of the Zoological Society of London, read at the Annual General Meeting, April 29th, 1856. Zoological Society of London : London.
Anon. 1859. Descriptive catalogue of the specimens of natural history in spirit contained in the Museum of The Royal College of Surgeons of England. Vertebrata: Pisces, Reptilia, Aves, Mammalia. London : Royal College of Surgeons of England pp. xxii 248.
Anon. 1863. June 4, 1863. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 7: li–lii
Anon. 1886. Note of exhibit (Untitled). Abstr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886: v. [for 24th November]
Anon. 1903. Catalogue of the Books, Manuscripts, and Drawings in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. 1. A—D. London : British Museum pp. viii 500.
Anon. 1929. A bat colony. Australian Zoologist 6: 106–107
Anon. 1931. The diary of Mary Ann Friend. Journal and Proceedings of the Historical Society Western Australia 1: 1–11
Anon. 1960. Type specimens in the Western Australian Museum. Western Australian Museum Annual Report 1959-60: 28-30
Anon. 1975. [Status of Tursiops spp.]. 923-926 in International Whaling Commission. Review of biology and fisheries for smaller cetaceans. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 32: 889-983
Anon. 1977. Report of the Special Meeting of the Scientific Committee on Sei and Bryde's Whales. Rep. Int. Whal. Comm. (Special Issue 1). 150 pp.
Anon. 1978. Southern Hemisphere Baleen Whales. pp. 54–56 in [Committee] (ed.). Mammals in the Seas. FAO Fisheries Series 5(1). Rome : FAO/UN.
Anon. 1978. Sperm Whale. pp. 59–63 in [Committee] (ed.). Mammals in the Seas. FAO Fisheries Series 5(1). Rome : FAO/UN.
Anon. 1979. Eggs under incubation. Victorian Herpetological Society Newsletter 16: 22
Anon. 1983. Conservation of the Dalgyte. SWANS 13(1): 15–17
Anon. 1986. Right Whales: past and present status. Rept. Int. Whal. Comm. Special Issue 10. 289 pp.
Anon. (Férussac, ed.) 1829. [Review of] Voyage autour du monde. Livraison 11. Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles et de Géologie 17: 267
Anon. (Férussac, ed.) 1830. [Review of] Voyage autour du monde. Livraisons 14–17. Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles et de Géologie 21: 309–311
Anon. In Field, B. (ed.) 1825. Geographical Memoirs on New South Wales; by various hands: containing … together with other papers on the aborigines, the geology, the timber, the astronomy, and the meteorology of New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land. London : John Murray pp. xvi 504.
Anon. [Horton, D.] 1968. New lizard found in New England. The Armidale Express 7 Feb 1968: 5
Anon. [Hunter, J.] in, White, J. 1790. Journal of a Voyage to New South Wales with sixty-five plates of non descript animals, birds, lizards, serpents, curious cones of trees and other natural productions. London : J. Debrett pp. xvii 335.
Anonymous 1928. Notes and Comments. The Emu 27: 221
Anonymous 1986. Kakadu National Park Plan of Management. 6. Fauna. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service, Canberra. 186 pp. 39–58 pp.
Ansell, W.F.H. & Topál, G. 1976. The type locality of Miniopterus schreibersi (Kuhl) (Mammalia: Chiroptera). Vertebrata Hungarica 17: 15–17
Anstee, S.D. 1996. Use of external mound structures as indicators of the presence of the pebble mound mouse, Pseudomys chapmani, in mound systems. Wildlife Research 23: 429–434
Anstee, S.D., Roberts, J.D. & O'Shea, J.E. 1997. Social structure and patterns of movement of the western pebble-mound mouse, Pseudomys chapmani, at Marandoo, Western Australia. Wildlife Research 24: 295–306
Anstis, M. 1973. Notes on Hoplocephalus bungaroides (broad headed snake) in captivity. Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Bulletin of Herpetology 1: 5–7
Anstis, M. 1974. Australian frogs. Part 2. The behaviour and life history of Litoria verreauxi (Hylidae). Bulletin of Herpetology 1: 19–21
Anstis, M. 1976. Breeding biology and larval development of Litoriam verreauxi (Anura: Hylidae). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 100: 193–202
Anstis, M. 1981. Breeding biology and range extension for the New South Wales frog Kyarranus sphagnicolus (Anura: Leptodactylidae). Australian Journal of Herpetology 1: 1–9
Anstis, M., Roberts, J.D. & Altig, R. 2007. Direct development in two Myobatrachid Frogs, Arenophryne rotunda Tyler and Myobatrachus gouldii Gray, from Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 23: 259-272
Antinori, O. 1864. Catalogo descrittivo di una Collezione di Uccelli fatta nell' interno dell' Affrica centrale Nord. Milanopp. xxix + 118.
Antinori, O. 1864. Catalogo descrittivo di una Collezione di Uccelli fatta nell' interno dell' Affrica centrale Nord. Milanopp. 118.
Aoyagi, H. 1949. Notes on the gobioid fishes of the Riu Kiu Islands. Zoological Magazine, Tokyo 58: 171–173 [in Japanese]
Aoyagi, H. 1954. Description of one new genus and three new species of Blenniidae from the Riu-Kiu Islands. Zoological Magazine, Tokyo 63(5): 213–217
Aoyagi, H. 1954. Studies on the coral fishes of the Riu-Kiu Islands. VIII. Gobiesocidae, Limnichthidae, Callionymidae, Parapercidae, Brotulidae, Bothidae and Soleidae. Zoological Magazine, Tokyo 63(6): 235–238
Aplin, K.P. 1998. Three new blindsnakes (Squamata: Typhlopidae) from northwestern Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 19: 1–12
Aplin, K.P. & Adams, A. 1998. Morphological and genetic discrimination of new species and subspecies of gekkonid and scincid lizards (Squamata: Lacertilia) from the Carnarvon Basin region of Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 81: 201–223
Aplin, K.P. & Archer, M. 1987. Recent advances in marsupial systematics with a new syncretic classification. pp. xv–lxxii in Archer, M. (ed.). Possums and Opossums: studies in evolution. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons with the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 2 vols lxxii 788 pp.
Aplin, K.P. & Donnellan, S.C. 1993. A new species of blindsnake, genus Ramphotyphlops (Typhlopidae, Squamata), from northwestern Western Australia, with a redescription of R. hamatus Storr, 1981. Records of the Western Australian Museum 16(2): 243– 256
Aplin, K.P. & Smith 2001. Checklist of the frogs and reptiles of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Suppl. 63: 51–74
Aplin, K.P. in Aplin, K.P. & Archer, M. 1987. Acrobatidae. pp. xxii in Archer, M. (ed.). Possums and Opossums: studies in evolution. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons with the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 2 vols lxxii 788 pp.
Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. in Masuda, H., Araga, C. & Yoshino, T. 1975. Coastal Fishes of Southern Japan. Tokyo : Tokai University. Press 382 pp. 11 figs 143 pls.
Arai, M. & Amaoka, K. 1996. Arnoglossus macrolophus Alcock (Pleuronectiformes: Bothidae); a valid species distinct from A. tapeinosomus (Bleeker). Ichthyological Research 43(4): 359–365 figs 1–4
Arai, R. 1969. A new iniomous fish of the genus Neoscopelus from Suruga Bay, Japan. Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Tokyo 12(3): 465–470 figs 1–3 pl. 1 [Tokyo]
Arai, T. & Iwamoto, T. 1979. A new species of the macrourid fish genus Coelorinchus from off Tasmania, New Zealand and the Falkland Islands. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 26(3): 238–246 figs 1–7
Archer, M & Bartolomai, A. 1978. Tertiary mammals of Australia: a synoptic review. Alcheringa. pp. 1–19.
Archer, M. 1975. Ningaui, a new genus of tiny dasyurids (Marsupialia) and two new species, N. timealeyi and N. ridei, from arid Western Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 17: 237–249
Archer, M. 1976. Application for the suppression of the name Sminthopsis murina var. constricta Spencer, 1896 (Marsupialia, Dasyuridae). Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 33: 127–128
Archer, M. 1976. Revision of the marsupial genus Planigale Troughton (Dasyuridae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 17: 341–365 pls 43–51
Archer, M. 1976. The basicranial region of marsupicarnivores (Marsupial), interrelationships of carnivorous marsupials, and affinities of the insectivorous peramelids. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 59: 217–322
Archer, M. 1977. Revision of the dasyurid marsupial genus Antechinomys Krefft. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 18: 17–29 pls 8–13
Archer, M. 1979. The status of Australian dasyurids, thylacinids and myrmecobiids. pp. 29–43 in Tyler, M.J. (ed.). The Status of Endangered Australasian Wildlife. Adelaide : Royal Zoological Society of South Australia.
Archer, M. 1979. Two new species of Sminthopsis Thomas (Dasyuridae: Marsupialia) from northern Australia, S. butleri and S. douglasi. Australian Zoologist 20: 327–345
Archer, M. 1981. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 104 Systematic revision of the marsupial dasyurid genus Sminthopsis Thomas. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 168: 61–224
Archer, M. 1982. A review of Miocene thylacinids (Thylacinidae, Marsupialia), the phylogenetic position of the Thylacinidae and the problem of a priorisms in character analysis. pp. 445–476 in Archer, M. (ed.). Carnivorous Marsupials. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Vol. 2.
Archer, M. 1982. Review of the dasyurid (Marsupialia) fossil record, integration of data bearing on phylogenetic interpretation, and suprageneric classification. pp. 397–443 in Archer, M. (ed.). Carnivorous Marsupials. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Vol. 2.
Archer, M. 1984. Effects of humans on the Australian vertebrate fauna. pp. 151–161 in Archer, M. & Clayton, G. (eds). Vertebrate Zoogeography & Evolution in Australasia. (Animals in Space & Time). Carlisle : Hesperian Press.
Archer, M. 1984. The Australian marsupial radiation. pp. 633–808 in Archer, M. & Clayton, G. (eds). Vertebrate Zoogeography & Evolution in Australasia. (Animals in Space & Time). Carlisle : Hesperian Press.
Archer, M. 1984. The status of Australian dasyurids, thylacinids and myrmecobiids. pp. 1015–1021 in Archer, M. & Clayton, G. (eds). Vertebrate Zoogeography & Evolution in Australasia. (Animals in Space & Time). Carlisle : Hesperian Press.
Archer, M. & Bartolomai, A. 1978. Tertiary mammals of Australia: a synoptic review. Alcheringa. 19 pp.
Archer, M. & Kirsch, J.A.W. 1977. The case for the Thylacomyidae and Myrmecobiidae, Gill, 1872, or why are marsupial families so extended. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 102: 18–25
Archey, G. 1921. A new species of shark. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 53(23): 195–196 figs 1–2 pl. 39
Armati-Gulson, P. & Lowe, J. 1984. The development of the reproductive system of the common Ringtail Possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Mammology 7: 75–88
Armstrong, G. 1982. Notes on feeding and growth rates in juvenile Chelodina longicollis. Herpetofauna 13: 27
Armstrong, K.N. 2006. Resolving the correct nomenclature of the orange leaf-nosed bat Rhinonicteris aurantia (Gray, 1845) (Hipposideridae). Australian Mammology 28: 125-130
Armstrong, S.M., Chesworth, M.J., Willig, R., Coleman, G.J. & Cassone, V.M. 1990. Unusual circadian activity rhythms in captive bandicoots Isoodon obesulus and Isoodon macrourus. pp. 271–283 in Seebeck, J.H., Brown, P.R., Wallis, R.L. & Kemper, C.M. (eds). Bandicoots and Bilbies. Chipping Norton : Surrey Beatty & Sons pp. 392.
Arnborn, T., Fedak, M.A., Boyd, I.L. & McConnell, B.J. 1993. Variation in weaning mass of pups in relation to maternal mass, postweaning fast duration, and weaned pup behaviour in southern elephant seals (Mirounga leonina) at South Georgia. Canadian Journal of Zoology 71: 1772–1781
Arnold, A.H., Goldstraw, P.W., Hayes, A.G. & Wright, B.F. 1990. Recovery management of the eastern barred bandicoot in Victoria: the Hamilton conservation strategy. pp. 179–192 in Clark, T.W. & Seebeck, J.H. (eds). Conservation and management of small populations. Brookfield : Chicago Zoological Society.
Arnold, D.C. 1956. A systematic revision of the fishes of the teleost family Carapidae (Percomorphi, Blennioidea), with descriptions of two new species. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Historical Series) 4(6): 245–307 figs 1–20
Arnold, G.W., Grassia, A., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1991. Population ecology of western grey kangaroos in a remnant of wandoo woodland at Baker's Hill, southern Western Australia. Wildlife Research 18: 561–575
Arnold, G.W., Lecrivain, E., Johnson, K.G. & Grassia, A. 1988. Effects of weather conditions in summer on the maintenance of western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 129–138
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D., Weeldenburg, J. & Brown, O.E. 1986. The use of alpha-chloralose for the repeated capture of western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 527–533
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Grassia, A. 1990. Associations between individuals and classes in groups of different size in a population of western grey kangaroos, Macropus fuliginosus. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 551–562
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1989. The effect of daylength and weather conditions on the time spent by western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) on farmland. Applied Animal Behaviour Science 24: 353–360
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1989. The use of surrounding farmland by western grey kangaroos living in a remnant of wandoo woodland and their impact on crop production. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 85–93
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E. & Weeldenburg, J.R. 1994. Comparative ecology of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) and euros (M. robustus erubescens) in Durokoppin Nature Reserve, isolated in the central wheatbelt of Western Australia. Wildlife Research 21: 307–322
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E., Grassia, A. & Weeldenburg, J. 1992. Home range size and fidelity of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) living in remnants of wandoo woodland and adjacent farmland. Wildlife Research 19: 137–145
Arnold, G.W., Steven, D.E., Weeldenburg, J.R. & Smith, E.A. 1993. Influences of remnant size, spacing pattern and connectivity on population boundaries and demography in euros Macropus robustus living in a fragmented landscape. Biological Conservation 64: 219–230
Arnold, G.W., Weeldenburg, J.R. & Ng, V.M. 1995. Factors affecting the distribution and abundance of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) and euros (M. robustus) in a fragmented landscape. Landscape Ecology 10: 65–74
Arnold, P.W. & Heinsohn, G.E. 1996. Phylogenetic status of the Irrawaddy dolphin Orcaella brevirostris (Owen in Grey): A cladistic analysis. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39: 141–204
Arrowsmith, J. 1849. Map of Captn. Sturt's route from Adelaide into the centre of Australia, constructed from his original protractions, and other official documents.
Artaud, S. 1803. Manuel d'Histoire Naturelle, traduit de l'allemand, de J. Fr. Blumenbach, Professeur a l'Université de Gottingue. Tome premier. Metz : Collignon pp. xvi 528.
Arthington, A. & McKenzie, F. 1997. Review of Impacts of Displaced/Introduced Fauna Associated with Inland Waters. State of the Environment Technical Paper Series (Inland Waters). Department of the Environment : Canberra. 69 pp.
Arthington, A.H., Milton, D.A. & McKay, R.J. 1983. Effects of urban development and habitat alterations on the distribution and abundance of native and exotic freshwater fish in the Brisbane region, Queensland. Australian Journal of Ecology 8(2): 87–101
Arthur, W. 1885. Notes on New Zealand fishes. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 17(16): 160–172 pl. 14
Arundel, J.H., Dempster, K.J., Harrigan, K.E. & Black, R. 1990. Epidemiological observations on the helminth parasites of Macropus giganteus Shaw in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 39–51
Asano, H. 1962. Studies on the congrid eels of Japan. Bulletin of the Misaki Marine Biological Institute. Kyoto University (1): 1–143 figs 1–62
Ascanius, P. 1772. Icones rerum naturalium ou figures enluminées d'histoire naturelle du Nord. Cah. 2 pp. 1–8 pls 11–20 Copenhagen. [date fide Dean, B. 1917 Vol. 1: 38]
Ashby, E. 1905. South Australian Ornithological Association. The Emu 5(1): 26-27
Ashby, E. 1910. Description of a new Acanthiza. The Emu 9(3): 137-138
Ashby, E. 1911. Description of a new Epthianura. The Emu 10(3): 251-252
Ashby, E. 1911. Description of a new Rhipidura. The Emu 11(1): 41
Ashby, E. 1914. Halcyon macleayii coeruleus subsp. n.- The Northern Forest Kingfisher. South Australian Ornithologist 1(1): 20–21
Ashby, E. 1914. Description of some interesting birds from the Northern Territory. South Australian Ornithologist 1(4): 26-27
Ashby, E. 1915. Notes on Polophilus phasianinus melanurus Gld. (North-western Coucal). South Australian Ornithologist 2: 72
Ashby, E. 1917. Description of a new sub-species of Platycercus elegans (Gmelin). The Emu 17: 43–45
Ashby, E. 1920. Birds of Mount Compass District, South Australia. The Emu 19(4): 299-303
Ashby, E. 1921. Notes on birds observed in Western Australia from Perth northwards to Geraldton. The Emu 20(3): 130-137
Ashby, E. 1922. The Dusky Miner (Myzantha obscura), Gould, with its subspecies compared with the Yellow-throated Miner (Myzantha flavigula), Gould. The Emu 21(4): 252-256
Ashby, E. 1925. A review of Australian members of the Genus Zosterops. The Emu 25(2): 112-119
Ashby, E. 1925. The Adelaide Rosella (Platycercus adelaidae. The Emu 25: 89–90
Ashby, E. 1927. Sericornis osculans in Victoria. The Emu 26(4): 313-314
Ashby, E. 1927. The Grampian Range of Victoria and its bird life. The Emu 26(4): 285-292
Ashby, E. 1930. Notes on birds observed in mid-western Australia in October, 1927, with a decription of a new species of Coracina. The Emu 29(3): 183-192
Ashwell, K.W.S., Marotte, L.R., Li, Lixin & Waite, P.M.E. 1996. Anterior commissure of the wallaby (Macropus eugenii): Adult morphology and development. Journal of Comparative Neurology 366: 478–494
Aslin, H.J. 1975. Reproduction in Antechinus maculatus Gould (Dasyuridae). Australian Wildlife Research 2: 77–80
Aslin, H.J. 1983. Reproduction in Sminthopsis ooldea (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Australian Mammology 6: 93–95
Aslin, H.J. 1995. Ooldea Dunnart Sminthopsis ooldea. pp. 152–153 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Aslin, H.J. & Lim, L. 1995. Kowari Dasyuroides byrnei. pp. 59–61 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Aslin, H.J. & Watts, C.H.S. 1980. Breeding of a captive colony of Notomys fuscus Wood Jones (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Wildlife Research 7: 379–383
Aston, H.I. 1987. Influx of the grey-headed flying-fox Pteropus poliocephalus (Chiroptera: Pterodidae) to the Melbourne area, Victoria, in 1986. Victorian Naturalist 104: 9–13
Atherton, R.G. & Greeves, D. 1986. Torresian Imperial-Pigeon Ducula spilorrhoa on Green Is., north-eastern Queensland. The Emu 85: 261–263 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27]
Atherton, R.G. & Haffenden, A.T. 1982. Observations on the reproduction and growth of the long-tailed pygmy possum, Cercartetus caudatus (Marsupialia, Burramyidae), in captivity. Australian Mammology 5: 253–259
Atherton, R.G. & Haffenden, A.T. 1995. Long-tailed Pygmy-possum Cercartetus caudatus. pp. 211–212 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Atherton, R.G., Matthew, P.A. & Winter, J.W. 1980. Notes on the crop contents and locality records of the Marbled Frogmouth Podargus ocellatus marmoratus Gould from Cape York Peninsula. Sunbird 11: 71–72
Attard, S.M. & McKillup, S.C. 1998. Reproduction and growth of the bandicoot Isoodon macrourus at four sites in Rockhampton, Queensland. Australian Mammology 20: 409–410
Attiwill, A.R. 1960. Red-tailed Black Cockatoo in South-East of South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 23: 37–38 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]
Au, K.-C. 1979. Systematic study on the barracudas (Pisces: Sphyraenidae) from a northern sector of the South China Sea. Journal of Natural History 13: 619–647, 2 figs
Augee, M. & Gooden, B. 1993. Echidnas of Australia and New Guinea. Kensington : University of NSW Press pp. 76.
Augee, M.L. (ed.) 1978. Monotreme biology. Proceedings of a symposium held in Sydney, May 1978. Australian Zoologist 20: 1–257
Augee, M.L. (ed.) 1992. Platypus and Echidnas. Mosman : Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.
Augee, M.L., Beard, L.A., Grigg, G.C. & Raison, J.K. 1992. Home range of echidnas in the Snowy Mountains. pp. 225–231 in Augee, M.L. (ed.). Platypus and Echidnas. Mosman : Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.
Augee, M.L., Smith, B. & Rose, S. 1996. Survival of wild and hand-reared ringtail possums (Pseudocheirus peregrinus) in bushland near Sydney. Wildlife Research 23: 99–108
Austin, C.N. 1956. Range extention of three bird species. The Emu 56: 80–81
Australian Herpetological Society Members 1976. (Observations on the eastern water dragon Physignathus lesueurii in the natural state and in captivity). Herpetofauna 8: 20–22
Axelrod, H.R. 1973. A colorful beauty from the coral reefs of Indonesia. Tropical Fish Hobbyist 21(April): 5–10 2 figs
Ayling, A.M. & Russell, B.C. 1977. The labrid fish genus Pseudojuloides with description of a new species. Australian Zoologist 19(2): 169–178 figs 1–10
Ayling, T. & Cox, G.J. 1982. Collins Guide to the Seafishes of New Zealand. Auckland : Collins 343 pp. 48 pls 475 figs.
Ayres, W.O. 1848. On a very curious fish for which the name Malacosteus niger is proposed. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 3: 69–70
Ayres, W.O. 1855. Description of new species of Californian fishes. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 1 1(1): 76–77
Babu Rao, M. 1966. A new species of Stolephorus Lacépède from the east coast of India (Pisces : Engraulidae). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 13 9: 101–110 pls 3–4
Backhouse, G.N. & Slater, G. 1995. Recovery plan for the eastern barred bandicoot Perameles gunnii 1995-96. Dept. Conservation and Natural Resources and Zoological Board of Victoria, Melbourne.
Badcock, J. 1982. A new species of the deep-sea fish genus Cyclothone Goode & Bean (Stomiatoidei, Gonostomatidae) from the tropical Atlantic. Journal of Fish Biology 20(2): 197–211
Badham, J.A. 1971. Albumin formation in eggs of the agamid Amphibolurus barbatus barbatus. Copeia 1971: 543–545
Badham, J.A. 1976. The Amphibolurus barbatus species-group (Lacertilia: Agamidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 24: 423–443
Badman, F.J. 1981. Bourke's Parrot in the western Lake Eyre drainage. South Australian Ornithologist 28: 161–164
Baehr, M. 1976. Beiträge zur Verbreitung und Ökologie Tasmanischer Reptilien. Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde A 292: 1–24
Baehr, M. 1976. Beobachtungen zur bipeden Fortbewegung bei der australischen Agame Physignathus longirostris (Boulenger). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde A 291: 1–7
Bagarinao, T. 1994. Systematics, distribution, genetics, and life history of milkfish. Environmental Biology of Fishes 39: 23-41
Bagarinao, T. 1999. Ecology and Farming of Milkfish. Iliolo, Philippines : SEAFDEC Agriculture Department pp. 153.
Bagarinao, T. 1999. Family Chanidae. pp. 1822-1824 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.
Bailey, P. & Best, L.A. 1992. A red kangaroo, Macropus rufus, recovered 25 years after marking in north-western New South Wales. Australian Mammology 15: 141
Baird, R.C. 1971. The systematics, distribution and zoogeography of the marine hatchetfishes (family Sternoptychidae). Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 142(1): 1–128 figs 1–80
Baird, R.F. 1985. Avian fossils from Quaternary deposits in 'Green Waterhole Cave', south-eastern South Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 37: 353–370
Baird, R.F. 1985. Avian fossils from Quaternary deposits in 'Green Waterhole Cave', south-eastern South Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 37: 353–370
Baird, R.F. 1986. Historical records of the Glossy Black Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus lathami and Red-tailed Black Cockatoo C. magnificus in south-eastern Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 30: 38–45
Baird, S.F. 1858. Report Expl. Survey Pacific Ocean. Pacific R.R. Report IX. Richmond Catalogue.
Baissac, J. de B. 1953. Contribution a l'étude des poissons de l'Île Maurice. V. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius 1(3): 185–240 [dated 1952]
Baissac, J. de B. 1956. Description d'un nouveau Serranidae de l'Île Maurice. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius 1(4): 395–396
Baker, A.N. 1983. Whales and Dolphins of New Zealand and Australia. Wellington : Victoria University Press pp. 133.
Baker, A.N. 1985. Pygmy right whale Caperea marginata (Gray, 1846). pp. 345–354 in Ridgway, S.H. & Harrison, R. (eds). Handbook of marine mammals. Volume 3. The sirenians and baleen whales. London : Academic Press pp. 362.
Baker, C.S., Perry, A., Bannister, J.L. et al. 1993. Abundant mitochondrial DNA variation and world-wide population structure in humpback whales. Problemi Attuali di Scienza e di Cultura 90: 8239–8243
Baker, C.S., Slade, R.W., Bannister, J.L. et al. 1994. Hierarchical structure of mitochondrial DNA gene flow among humpback whales Megaloptera novaeangliae, world-wide whales. Molecular Ecology 3: 313–328
Baker, E.C.S. 1942. Cuckoo Problems. London : H.F. & G. Witherby pp. 207.
Baker, G.D. & Degabrielle, R. 1987. The diet of the red fox (Vulpes vulpes) in the Eldorado Hills of north-east Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 104: 39–42
Baker, J.K. 1979. The rainbow skink, Lampropholis delicata, in Hawaii. Pacific Science 33: 207–212
Baker, J.R. & Bird, T.F. 1936. The seasons in a tropical rainforest (New Hebrides).—Part 4. Insectivorous bats (Vespertilionidae and Rhinolophidae). Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 40: 143–161 pl. 4
Baker, M.L., Canfield, P.J., Gemmell, R.T., Spencer, P.B.S. & Agar, N.S. 1995. Erythrocyte metabolism in the koala, the common brushtail possum and the whiptail wallaby. Comparative Haematology International 5: 163–169
Baker, M.W. de C. & Croft, D.B. 1993. Vocal communication between the mother and young of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus, and the red kangaroo, M. rufus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 257–272
Baker, S.J. 1990. Escaped exotic mammals in Britain. Mammal Review 20: 75–96
Bakker, A.J., Parkinson, A.L. & Head, S.I. 2005. Contractile properties of single-skinned skeletal muscle fibres of the extensor digitorum longus muscle of the Australian short-nosed echidna. Australian Journal of Zoology 53: 237-240
Bakker, H.R. & Bradshaw, S.D. 1983. Renal function in the spectacled hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes conspicillatus: effects of dehydration and protein deficiency. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 101–108
Bakker, H.R. & Bradshaw, S.D. 1989. Rate of water turnover and electrolyte balance of an arid-zone marsupial, the spectacled hare-wallaby (Lagorchestes conspicillatus) on Barrow Island. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 92(A): 521–529
Bakker, H.R., Bradshaw, S.D. & Main, A.R. 1982. Water and electrolyte metabolism of the tammar wallaby Macropus eugenii. Physiological Zoology 55: 209–219
Baldamus, E. 1870. [Title not located]. Journal für Ornithologie 17
Baldwin, C.C. 1990. Morphology of the larvae of American Anthiinae (Teleostei: Serranidae), with comments on relationships within the subfamily. Copeia 1990(4): 913–955
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1993. Phylogeny of the Epinephelinae (Teleostei: Serranidae). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 52(1): 240-283
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1996. Interrelationships of Aulopiformes. pp. 355-404 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.
Baldwin, C.C. & Johnson, G.D. 1999. Paxton concilians: a new genus and species of pseudamine apogonid (Teleostei: Percoidei) from northwestern Australia: The sister group of the enigmatic Gymnapogon. Copeia 1999(4): 1050–1071
Baldwin, C.C. & Smith, W.L. 1998. Belonoperca pylei, a new species of seabass (Teleostei: Serranidae: Epinephelinae: Diploprionini) from the Cook Islands with comments on relationships among diploprionins. Ichthyological Research 45(4): 325-339
Baldwin, C.C., Johnson, G.D. & Colin, P.L. 1991. Larvae of Diploprion bifasciatum, Belonoperca chabanaudi and Grammistes sexlineatus (Serranidae: Epinephelinae) with a comparison of known larvae of other epinephelines. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 48(1): 67-93
Baldwin, W.J. 1972. A new genus and new species of Hawaiian gobiid fish. Pacific Science 26(1): 125–128 figs 1–4
Balushkin, A.V. 2000. Morphology, classification, and evolution of notothenioid fishes of the Southern Ocean (Notothenioidei, Perciformes). Journal of Ichthyology 40(Supplement 1): 74–109
Balushkin, A.V. & Fedorov, V.V. 1985. Caulophryne pietschi sp. nov. - a new species of Moss anglerfish (Caulophrynidae) from the southwestern Pacific Ocean. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 25(6): 1035–1037
Bamber, R.C. 1915. Reports on the marine biology of the Sudanese Red Sea, from collections made by Cyril Crossland, M.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S. — XXII. The fishes. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 31: 477–485 pl. 46
Bancroft, E.N. 1829. On the fish known in Jamaica as the sea devil (Cephalopholis manta). Zoological Journal London 4: 444–457 [not seen]
Bankier, R.A. 1841. A new species of the Australian genus Alcyone. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 6: 394–395
Banks, C. 1981. Notes on seasonal colour change in a western brown snake. Herpetofauna 13: 29–30
Banks, P.B. 1998. Responses of Australian bush rats, Rattus fuscipes, to the odour of introduced Vulpes vulpes. Journal of Mammalogy 79: 1260–1264
Bannikov, A.F. & Tyler, J.C. 1995. Phylogenetic revision of the fish families Luvaridae and †Kushlukiidae (Acanthuroidei), with a new genus and two new species of Eocene luvarids. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 81: 1–45
Bannister, J.L. 1974. Whale populations and current research off Western Australia. pp. 239–254 in Schevill, W.E. (ed.). The Whale Problem. A status report. Cambridge, Mass : Harvard University Press pp. 1–419.
Bannister, J.L. 1985. Southern right (Eubalaena australis) and humpback (Megaptera novaeangliae) whales off Western Australia: some recent aerial survey work. pp. 105–113 in Ling, J.K. & Bryden, M.M. (eds). Studies of sea mammals in south latitudes. Adelaide : South Australian Museum pp. 132.
Bannister, J.L. 1986. Southern Right Whales: Status off Australia from 20th Century 'incidental' sightings and aerial survey. pp. 153–158 in, Rept. Int. Whal. Comm. Special Issue 10. 289 pp.
Bannister, J.L. 1989. Balaenidae. pp. 988–992 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Volume 1B Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. 827.
Bannister, J.L. 1989. Balaenopteridae. pp. 982–987 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Volume 1B Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. 827.
Bannister, J.L. 1989. Physeteridae. pp. 965–969 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia Volume 1B Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. 827.
Bannister, J.L. 1990. Southern right whales off Western Australia. Reports of the International Whaling Commission 12(special issue): 279–288
Bannister, J.L., Kemper, C.M. & Warneke, R.M. 1996. The action plan for Australian cetaceans. Canberra : Australian Nature Conservation Agency pp. 242.
Bannister, J.L., Kirkwood, G.P. & Wayte, S.E. 1991. Increase in humpback whales off Western Australia. Reports of the International Whaling Commission 41: 461–465
Barbour, T. 1914. On some Australian reptiles. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 27: 201–206
Barbour, T. 1921. Reptiles and amphibians from the British Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club 7: 91–112
Barbour, T. & Cole, 1906. On Reptilia, Amphibia and Pisces. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 50: 146–155
Barbour, T. & Loveridge, A. 1929. Typical reptiles and amphibians in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 69: 205–360
Barboza, P.S. 1993. Effects of restricted water intake on digestion, urea cycling and renal functioning in wombats (Marsupialia: Vombatidae) from contrasting habitats. Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 527–536
Barboza, P.S. & Hume, I.D. 1992. Digestive tract morphology and digestion in the wombats (Marsupialia, Vombatidae). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 162: 552–560
Barboza, P.S. & Hume, I.D. 1992. Hindgut fermentation in the wombats - two marsupial grazers. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 162: 561–566
Barclay Rose, A. 1973. The food of the White-throated Nightjar. Australian Birds 8: 31–32
Barclay Rose, A. 1976. Mass of wild birds of the order Caprimulgiformes. Australian Bird Bander 14: 50–51
Barclay, R.M.R., Chruszcz, B.J. & Rhodes, M. 2000. Foraging behavious of the large-footed myotis, Myotis moluccarum (Chiroptera: Vespertilionidae) in south-eastern Queensland. Australian Journal of Zoology 48: 385-392
Barker, J., Grigg, G. & Tyler, M. 1995. A Field Guide to Australian Frogs. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons 1995 edn pp. i–xi, 1–407.
Barker, R.D. & Caughley, G. 1990. Distribution and abundance of kangaroos (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) at the time of European contact: Tasmania. Australian Mammology 13: 157–166
Barker, R.D. & Caughley, G. 1994. The distribution and abundance of kangaroos (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammology 17: 73–84
Barker, R.D. & Vestjens, W.J.M. 1990. The Food of Australian Birds. 2 Passerines. Canberra : CSIRO Australia.
Barker, S.C. 1990. Behaviour and social organisation of the allied rock-wallaby Petrogale assimilis, Ramsey, 1877 (Marsupialia: Macropodoidea). Australian Wildlife Research 17: 301–311
Barlow, N.D. 1994. Predicting the effect of a novel vertebrate biocontrol agent - a model for viral vectored immunocontraception of New Zealand possums. Journal of Applied Ecology 31: 454–462
Barnard, H.G. 1911. Field notes from Cape York. The Emu 11: 17–32
Barnard, H.G. 1926. Birds of the Cardwell District, Queensland, Pt 1. The Emu 26: 1–13
Barnard, H.G. 1935. Notes on the Large-tailed Nightjar. The Emu 34: 176–177
Barnard, K.H. 1923. Diagnoses of new species of marine fishes from South African waters. Annals of the South African Museum 13(8): 439–444
Barnard, K.H. 1925. A monograph of the marine fishes of South Africa. Part 1. (Amphioxus, Cyclostomata, Elasmobranchii, and Teleostei — Isospondyli to Heterosomata). Annals of the South African Museum 21(1): 1–418 figs 1–18 pls 1–17
Barnard, K.H. 1927. A monograph of the marine fishes of South Africa. Part 2. (Teleostei — Discocephali to end. Appendix). Annals of the South African Museum 21(2): 419–1065 figs 19–32 pls 18–37
Barnard, K.H. 1927. Diagnoses of new genera and species of South African marine fishes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 20(8): 66–79
Barnard, K.S. 1925. Descriptions of new species of marine fishes from S. Africa. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 15(88): 498–504
Barnes, L.G. 1985. Evolution, taxonomy and antitropical distribution of the the porpoises (Phocoenidae, Mammalia). Marine Mammal Science 1: 149–163
Barnett, B. 1977. Additional notes on new-born centralian bluetongues, Tiliqua multifasciata. Victorian Herpetological Society Newsletter 1: 10
Barnett, B. 1980. Captive breeding and a novel egg incubation technique of the Children's python (Liasis childreni). Herpetofauna 11: 15–18
Barnett, M.A. & Gibbs, R.H. 1968. Four new stomiatoid fishes of the genus Bathophilus with a revised key to the species of Bathophilus. Copeia 1968(4): 826–832
Barnett, S.A. 1976. The Rat a Study in Behavior. Revised Edition. Canberra : Australian National University Press pp. xiv 318.
Barneville, B. de 1847. Note sur un nouveau genre d'Anguilliformes. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 1847: 219–220
Barnicoat, F.C. 1976. Breeding of the Little Lorikeet. Aviculture Magazine 82: 65–67
Barratt, D.G. 1997. Predation by house cats, Felis catus (L.) in Canberra, Australia. I. Prey composition and preference. Wildlife Research 24: 263–278
Barratt, D.G. 1998. Predation by house cats, Felis catus (L.), in Canberra, Australia. II. Factors affecting the amount of prey caught and estimates of wildlife impact. Wildlife Research 25: 475–488
Barrett, C. 1931. Australian Birds & Butterflies. Series 3. Melbourne : Sun Nature Book Series pp. 44.
Barrett, C. 1933. Water Life. Sun Nature Book 4. Melbourne : Sun News Pictorial Vol. 1 44 pp. 167 figs.
Barrett, C. 1950. Reptiles of Australia. London : Cassell pp. 168.
Barrett-Hamilton, G.E.H. 1911. A History of British Mammals. Pt IV. London : Gurney & Jackson pp. 25–32,169–208–1 pl. (unnumbered), pl.
Barrow, G.J. 1964. Hydromys chrysogaster —some observations. Queensland Naturalist 17: 43–44
Bartholemew, G.A. & Tucker, V.A. 1963. Control of changes in body temperature, metabolism, and circulation by the agamid lizard, Amphibolurus barbatus. Physiological Zoology 36: 199–218
Bartholemew, G.A., Tucker, V.A. & Lee, A.K. 1965. Oxygen consumption, thermal conductance, and heart rate in the Australian skink Tiliqua scincoides. Copeia 1965: 169–173
Bartholomai, A. 1975. The genus Macropus Shaw (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the Cainozoic deposits of Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 17: 195–235
Bartholomew, G.A., Leitner, P. & Nelson, J.E. 1964. Body temperature, oxygen consumption, and heart rate in three species of Australian flying foxes. Physiological Zoology 37: 179–198
Barton, O. 1950. A new Siganus, from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. American Museum Novitates 1464: 1–2
Barwick, R.E. & Bryant, C. 1966. Physiological and biochemical aspects of hibernation in the scincid lizard Egernia cunninghami (Gray, 1832). Physiological Zoology 39: 1–20
Bass, A.J. 1979. Records of little-known sharks from Australian waters. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 103(4): 247–254 figs 1–5 [1978]
Bass, A.J., D'Aubrey, J.D. & Kistnasamy, N. 1975. Sharks of the east coast of southern Africa. Part 4. The families Odontaspididae, Scapanorhynchidae, Isuridae, Cetorhinidae, Alopiidae, Orectolobidae and Rhiniodontidae. Investigational Report. Oceanographical Research Institute, Durban 39: 1–102 figs 1–24 pls 1–15
Bass, A.J., D'Aubrey, J.D. & Kistnasamy, N. 1975. Sharks of the east coast of southern Africa. Part 5. The families Hexanchidae, Chlamydoselachidae, Heterodontidae, Pristiophoridae and Squatinidae. Investigational Report. Oceanographical Research Institute, Durban 43: 1–50 figs 1–12 pls 1–9
Bass, A.J., D'Aubrey, J.D. & Kistnasamy, N. 1976. Sharks of the east coast of southern Africa. Part 6. The families Oxynotidae, Squalidae, Dalatiidae and Echinorhinidae. Investigational Report. Oceanographical Research Institute, Durban 45: 1–103 figs 1–36 pls 1–11 [S. Afr.]
Bass, D.A. 1990. Dispersal of an introduced shrub (Crataegus monogyna) by the brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Australian Journal of Ecology 15: 227–229
Bassett-Hull, A.F. 1910. The Birds of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 34: 636–693
Bates, P.J. & Harrison, D.L. 1997. Bats of the Indian subcontinent. Sevenoaks : Harrison Zoological Museum pp. 258.
Bath, H. 1977. Revision der Blenniini (Pisces: Blenniidae). Senckenbergiana Biologica 57(4/6): 167–234 figs 1–77
Bath, H. 1989. Eine weitere Unterart von Parablennius tasmanianus (Richardson 1849) (Pisces: Blenniidae). Senckenbergiana Biologica 69(4/6): 293–300
Bath, H. 1992. Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Salarias Cuvier 1817 von den Philippinen und von Westaustralien (Pisces: Blenniidae). Senckenbergiana Biologica 72(4/6): 225–236
Bath, H. 1996. Beitrag zur Osteologie der Arten der Tribus Parablenniini. Die Beziehungen der Knochen des Schädeldaches zum Seitenorgan-System und zu den Weichteilbildungen der Kopfoberseite sowie die systematische Bedeutung der Befunde nebst Bemerkungen. Senckenbergiana Biologica 76(1/2): 65–92
Bath, H. 2001. Osteology and morphology of fishes of the subfamily Salariinae and its junior synonym Parablenniinae (Pisces: Blenniidae). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) 628: 1–42
Bath, H. 2004. Revision of the genus Rhabdoblennius Whitley (Pisces: Blenniidae: Salariinae), with descriptions of two new species. Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) A 669: 1-26
Bath, H. 2008. Review of the genus Parablennius Miranda-Ribeiro from Australia and New Caledonia (Pisces: Blenniidae: Salariinae). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde Serie A (Biologie) ns 1: 77–94
Bath, H. & Hutchins, B. 1986. Die Blenniini des australischen Raums und Neuseelands mit Beschreibung einer neuen Art und einer neuen Unterart. Senckenbergiana Biologica 66(4/6): 167–213 figs 1–47
Bath, H. & Randall, J.E. 1991. Synopsis der Gattung Salarias Cuvier 1817 mit Beschreibung einer neuen Art (Pisces: Blenniidae). Senckenbergiana Biologica 71(4/6): 245–258 figs 1–9
Battersby, J.C. 1959. Reptiles. Zoological Records 93: 1–122
Bauchot, J.E., Desoutter, M. & Randall, J.E. 1984. Catalogue critique des types de Poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (suite) (Famille des Serranidae). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4e supplément 6(3): 3–82
Bauchot, M.-L. 1963. Catalogue critique des types de poissons du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. II. Familles des Chaetodontidae, Scatophagidae, Toxotidae, Monodactylidae, Ephippidae, Scorpidae, Pempheridae, Kyphosidae, Girellidae. Publications du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 20: 115–195
Bauchot, M.-L. 1970. Catalogue critique des types de poissons du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle (Lampridiformes, Stéphanobéryciformes, Béryciformes, Zéiformes, Coryphaeniformes). Publications Diverses du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 24: 1–55
Bauchot, M.-L. & Desoutter, M. 1989. Catalogue critique des types de poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle. (Suite) Sous-ordre des Percoidei (Familles des Aplodactylidae, Apolectidae, Arripidae, Cepolidae, Cheilodactylidae, Chironemidae, Cirrhitidae, Echeneidae, Enoplosidae, Embiotocidae, Gerreidae, Lactariidae, Latrididae, Leiognathidae, Lobotidae, Malacanthidae, Menidae, Nandidae, Oplegnathidae, Owstoniidae, Pomatomidae et Rachycentridae). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 11(2): 1–58
Bauchot, M.-L. & Guibé, J. 1960. Catalogue des types de poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire Naturelle. Famille des Scaridae. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 2 32(4): 290–300
Bauchot, M.-L. & Randall, J.E. 1996. Catalogue des types de poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire Naturelle. (Suite). Families des Acanthuridae et des Zanclidae. Cybium 20(1): 55–74
Bauchot, M.-L., Desoutter, M. & Castle, P.H.J. 1993. Catalogue critique des types de poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle. Cybium 17(2): 91–151
Bauchot, M.-L., Desoutter, M. & McKay, R.J. 1983. Catalogue critique des types de Poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (Suite) (Famille des Haemulidae et des Sillaginidae). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4 5(A2): 27–61
Bauchot, M.-L., Desoutter, M., Guézé, P. & Randall, J.E. 1985. Catalogue critique des types de Poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire Naturelle (Famille des Mullidae). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4e 7(A2, suppl.): 1–25
Bauchot, M.-L., Desoutter, M., Hoese, D.F. & Larson, H.K. 1991. Catalogue critique des types de poissons du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (Suite) Sous-ordre des Gobioidei. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4 13(section A, 1–2, supplement): 1–82
Bauchot-Boutin, M.-L. 1959. Etude des larves leptocéphales du groupe Leptocephalus lanceolatus Strömman et identification à la famille des Serrivomeridae. 'Dana' Reports 48: 1–148 figs 1–105 pls 1–2
Bauchot-Boutin, M.L. 1953. Révision synoptique du genre Serrivomer (Anguilliformes). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 25(4): 365–367 4 figs
Baudinette, R.V. 1994. Locomotion in macropodoid marsupials: gaits, energetics and heat balance. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 103–124
Baudinette, R.V., Gannon, B.J., Runciman, W.B. & Wells, W.B. 1987. Do cardiorespiratory frequencies show entrainment with hopping in the tammar wallaby?. Journal of Experimental Biology 129: 251–264
Baudinette, R.V., Nagle, K.A. & Scott, R.A.D. 1976. Locomotory energetics in a marsupial (Antechinomys spenceri) and a rodent (Notomys alexis). Experientia (Basel) 32: 583–585
Baudinette, R.V., Wells, R.T., Sanderson, K.J. & Clark, B. 1994. Microclimatic conditions in maternity caves of the bent-wing bat, Miniopterus schreibersii: an attempted restoration of a former maternity site. Wildlife Research 21: 607–619
Bauer, A.M., Günther, R. & Klipfel, M. 1995. The herpetological contributions of Wilhelm C. H. Peters (1815–1883). Society of Amphibians and Reptiles. 714 pp.
Bavay, A. 1869. Catalogue des reptiles de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et description d'espèces nouvelles. Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie 15: 1–37
Baverstock, P., Kreig, M. & Birrell, J. 1990. Evolutionary relationships of Australian marsupials as assessed by albumin immunology. pp. 131–145 in Marshall Graves, J.A., Hope, R.M. & Cooper, D.W. (eds). Mammals from pouches and eggs. Genetics, breeding and evolution of marsupials and monotremes. Melbourne : CSIRO.
Baverstock, P.R. 1975. Effect of variations in rate of growth on physiological parameters in the lizard Amphibolurus ornatus. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 51A: 619–632
Baverstock, P.R. 1984. The molecular relationships of Australasian possums and gliders. pp. 1–8 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
Baverstock, P.R. & Bradshaw, S.D. 1975. Variation in rate of growth and adrenal cortico steroidogenesis in field and laboratory populations of the lizard Amphibolurus ornatus. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 52A: 557–565
Baverstock, P.R., Adams, M. & Archer, M. 1984. Electrophoretic resolution of species boundaries in the Sminthopsis murina complex (Dasyuridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 823–832 [Dec. 1984]
Baverstock, P.R., Adams, M., Archer, M., McKenzie, N.L. & How, R. 1983. An electrophoretic and chromosomal study of the dasyurid marsupial genus Ningaui Archer. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 381–392
Baverstock, P.R., Adams, M., Reardon, T. & Watts, C.H.S. 1987. Electrophoretic resolution of species boundaries in Australian Microchiroptera. III. The Nycticeiini — Scotorepens and Scoteanax (Chiroptera: Vespertilionidae). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 40: 413-433
Baverstock, P.R., Archer, M., Adams, M. & Richardson, B.J. 1982. Genetic relationships among 32 species of Australian dasyurid marsupials. pp. 641–650 in Archer, M. (ed.). Carnivorous Marsupials. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Vol. 2.
Baverstock, P.R., Hogarth, J.T., Cole, S. & Covacevich, J. 1976. Biochemical and karyotypic evidence for the specific status of the rodent Leggadina lakedownensis Watts. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 100: 109–112
Baverstock, P.R., Kreig, M., Birrell, J. & McKay, G.N. 1990. Albumin immunologic relationships of Australian marsupials II. The Pseudocheiridae. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 519–526
Baverstock, P.R., Watts, C.H.S. & Hogarth, J.T. 1976. Heterochromatin variation in the Australian rodent Uromys caudimaculatus. Chromosoma (Berlin) 57: 397–403
Baverstock, P.R., Watts, C.H.S. & Hogarth, J.T. 1977. Chromosome evolution in Australian rodents I. The Pseudomyinae, the Hydromyinae and the Uromys/Melomys Group. Chromosoma (Berlin) 61: 95–125
Baverstock, P.R., Watts, C.H.S., Adams, M. & Cole, S.R. 1981. Genetical relationships among Australian rodents (Muridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 29: 289–303
Baverstock, P.R., Watts, C.H.S., Adams, M. & Gelder, M. 1980. Chromosomal and electrophoretic studies of Australian Melomys (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 553–574
Baverstock, P.R., Watts, C.H.S., Hogarth, J.T., Robinson, A.C. & Robinson, J.F. 1977. Chromosome evolution in Australian rodents II. The Rattus Group. Chromosoma (Berlin) 61: 227–241
Baxter, C. & Parker, S.A. 1981. The status of the Elegant Parrot and the Rock Parrot on Kangaroo Island. South Australian Ornithologist 28: 164–165
Bayliss, P. 1985. The population dynamics of red and western grey kangaroos in arid New South Wales, Australia, II. The numeric response function. Journal of Animal Ecology 54: 127–135
Bayliss, P. 1985. The population dynamics of red and western grey kangaroos in arid New South Wales, Australia. I. Population trends and rainfall. Journal of Animal Ecology 54: 111–125
Bayliss, P. 1986. Factors affecting aerial surveys of marine fauna, and their relationship to a census of dugongs in the coastal waters of the Northern Territory. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 27–37
Bayliss, P. & Freeland, W.J. 1989. Seasonal distribution and abundance of dugongs in the western Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 141–149
Baynes, A. 1982. Dasyurids (Marsupialia) in late Quaternary communities in Southwestern Australia. pp. 503–510 in Archer, M. (ed.). Carnivorous Marsupials. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Vol. 2.
Baynes, A., Chapman, A. & Lynam, A.J. 1987. The rediscovery, after 56 years, of the Heath Rat Pseudomys shortridgei (Thomas, 1907) in Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 13: 319–322
Beal, A.M. 1986. Responsiveness of the parotid salivary gland of red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) to mineralocorticoids. Journal of Experimental Biology 120: 309–324
Beal, A.M. 1995. Secretion of electrolytes, protein and urea by the mandibular gland of the common wombat (Vombatus ursinus). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 164: 629–635
Bean, T.H. 1885. Description of a new species of Plectromus (P. crassiceps) taken by the United States Fish Commission. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 8(486): 73–74
Beard, D.J. 1979. Rough-scaled snake, Tropidechis carinatus. Herpetofauna 10: 26–28
Beard, L.A., Grigg, G.C. & Augee, M.L. 1992. Reproduction by echidnas in a cold climate. pp. 93–100 in Augee, M.L. (ed.). Platypus and Echidnas. Mosman : Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.
Beardsell, C. 1985. The Regent Parrot. A report on the nest site survey in south-eastern Australia, September 1983 to January 1984. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Report Series n. 1 28 pp.
Beardsell, C.M. & Emison, W.B. 1985. The Little Corella in the South-East of South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 29: 206–207
Beasley, I., Robertson, K.M. & Arnold, P. 2005. Description of a new dolphin, the Australian Snubfin Dolphin Orcaella heinsohni sp. n. (Cetacea, Delphinidae). Marine Mammal Science 21: 365-400
Beaufort, F. de 1966. Catalogue des types des mammifères du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. VI Monotremata. VII Marsupialia. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 2 38(5): 509–553
Beazley, L.D. & Dunlop, S.A. 1983. The evolution of an area centralis and visual streak in the marsupial Setonix brachyurus. Journal of Comparative Neurology 216: 211–231
Bechstein, J.M. 1789. Gemeinnützige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands nach allen drey Reichen Ein Handbuch zur deutlichern und vollständigern Gelbstbelehrung besonders für Forstmändigern Jugendlehrer und Ockonomen. Erster Band welcher die nöthigen Vorkenntnisse und die Geschicte der Säugthiere enthält. Leipzig : S.L. Crusius xvi 842 pp. 17 pls.
Bechstein, J.M. 1800. Herrn de la Cépède's Naturgeschichte der Amphibien, aus dem Französischen ubersetzt und mit Anmerkungen und Zusätzen versehen von J.M. Bechstein. Weimar : Landes-Industrie-Comptoir pp. xxxii 524.
Bechstein, J.M. 1800. Thomas Pennant's allgemeine Uebersicht der vierfüssigen Thiere. Aus dem englischen übersetzt aud mit Anmerkungen und Zusätzen versehen von J.M. Bechstein. Weimar : Industrie-Comptoir's Vol. 2 pp. xi 323–768 pls 35–54.
Bechstein, J.M. 1803. Ornithologisches Taschenbuch von und für Deutschland; oder, Kurze Beschreibung aller Vögel Deutschlands für Liebhaber dieses Theils der Naturgeschichte. Leipzig : Carl Friedrich Enoch Richter et al. Vol. 2.
Bechstein, J.M. 1805. Gemein. Nat. Deutschl. Vol. 2. Peters' Check-list of the birds of the world Vol. 9: 144. 247, 302, 465 pp.
Bechstein, J.M. 1811. Kurze Uebersicht aller bekannten Vögel oder ihre Kennzeichen der Art nach Lathams General Synopsis of Birds und seinem Index ornithologicus. Nürnberg : A.G. Schneider & Weigel iv 536 pp. 42 pls.
Bechstein, J.M. 1812. In Latham's Allgemeine Uebersicht der Vögel mit zwanzig gemahiten Kupfern aus dem Englischen übersezt. Nürnberg : C. Weigel und Schneider Vol. 4.
Becker, L. 1859. On an Australian bat. No. 1. Transactions of the Philosophical Institute of Victoria 3: 38–40, pl.1
Becker, L. 1860. Notes on an Australian bat, No. II. Transactions of the Philosophical Institute of Victoria 4: 41–43 1 pl.
Becker, L. in Anon. 1858. A small Australian bat. The Argus [Melbourne], No. 3785, July 29th, 1858 p. 5 col. 5.
Becker, V.E. 1963. New data on the luminous anchovy genera Electrona and Protomyctophum (Pisces, Myctophidae) of the southern hemisphere. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 3 1(26): 15–28 figs 1–5 [in Russian]
Becker, V.E. 1964. Slendertailed myctophids (genera Loweina, Tarletonbeania, Gonichthys and Centrobranchus) of the Pacific and Indian Oceans, systematics and distribution. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 73: 11–75 figs 1–25 [in Russian]
Becker, V.E. 1965. Lanternfishes of the genus Hygophum (Myctophidae, Pisces), systematics and distribution. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 73: 11–75 figs 1–11 [in Russian; Bur. Comm. Fish. Ichthyol. Lab. Transl. 45]
Becker, V.E. 1967. The lanternfishes (Myctophidae) from the Petr Lebedev Atlantic Expeditions 1961–1964. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 84: 84–124 figs 1–13 [in Russian]
Becker, V.E. 1978. New species of the genus Bolinichthys (Myctophidae, Osteichthyes) from the South Pacific Ocean. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 111: 259–264 figs 1–2 [in Russian]
Becker, V.E. 1983. Myctophid Fishes of the World Ocean. Moscow : Science Publishers 248 pp. 102 figs. [in Russian]
Becker, V.E. 1992. Benthopelagic fishes of the genera Idiolychnus and Diaphus (Myctophidae) from the eastern South Pacific Ocean, with the description of two new species. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 32(6): 3-10 [in Russian, English transl. in J. Ichthyol. 1993, v. 33 (no. 3):20-29]
Becker, V.E. & Shcherbachev, Y.N. 1990. Benthopelagic species of the families Neoscopelidae and Myctophidae from the Indian Ocean, with a description of a new species of Diaphus. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 30(5): 835-855 [in Russian, English transl. in J. Ichthyol. v. 30 (7):122-134]
Becking, J.H. 1975. New evidence for the specific affinity of Cuculus lepidus Müller. Ibis 117: 275–284
Becking, J.H. 1981. Notes on the breeding of Indian cuckoos. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 78: 201–231
Beddard, F.E. 1886. On the syrinx and other points in the anatomy of the Caprimulgidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1886: 147–153
Beddard, F.E. 1888. On the classification of the Striges. Ibis 30: 335–344
Beddard, F.E. 1890. On Photodilus badius, with remarks on its systematic position. Ibis 32: 293–304
Beddard, F.E. 1896. Contributions to the anatomy of picarian birds-Part III. On some points on the anatomy of the kingfishers. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1896: 603–606
Beddard, F.E. 1898. The Structure and Classification of Birds. London : Longmans, Green xx 548 pp.
Beddard, F.E. 1898. The structure and classification of birds. London : Longmans, Green and Co.
Beddard, F.E. 1905. A contribution to the anatomy of the frilled lizard (Chlamydosaurus kingi and some other agamids. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1905: 9–22
Beddard, F.E. & Parsons, F.G. 1893. On certain points in the anatomy of parrots bearing on their classification. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 507–514
Beebe, W. 1932. Nineteen new species and four post-larval deepsea fish. Zoologica (New York) 13: 47–107 figs 1–31
Beebe, W. 1933. Deep-sea isospondylous fishes. Two new genera and four new species. Zoologica (New York) 13(8): 159–167 figs 39–42
Beebe, W. 1933. Deep-sea stomiatoid fishes, one new genus and eight new species. Copeia 1933(4): 160–165 figs 1–8
Beebe, W. & Crane, J. 1936. Deep-sea fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic expeditions. No 3. Family Serrivomeridae. Part I. Genus Serrivomer. Zoologica (New York) 20(3): 53–102 figs 23–42
Beecher, W.J. 1953. A phylogeny of theoscines. Auk 70: 67-73
Beehler, B.M. & Finch, B.W. 1985. Species-Checklist of the Birds of New Guinea. Australasian Ornithological Monographs No. 1. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union iii 126 pp.
Beehler, B.M., Pratt, T.K. & Zimmerman, D.A. 1986. Birds of New Guinea. Handbook no. 9 of the Wau Ecology Institute. Princeton : Princeton University Press xiii 293 pp. 55 pls.
Beentjes, M.P. 1990. Comparative terrestrial locomotion of the Hooker's sea lion (Phocarctos hookeri) and the New Zealand fur seal (Arctocephalus forsteri): evolutionary and ecological implications. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 98: 307–325
Beetham, P., Kiely, J., MacKenzie, J., Vaartjes, S. & Pennell, A.L. 1987. Diet analysis of the western grey kangaroo (Macropus fuliginosus) in Wyperfeld National Park by microscopic faecal analysis. Victorian Naturalist 104: 32–38
Beeton, R.J. 1985. The Little Corella: a seasonally adapted species. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 53–63 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
Begg, M., Beveridge, I., Chilton, N.B., Johnson, P.M. & Callaghan, M.G. 1995. Parasites of the proserpine rock-wallaby, Petrogale persephone (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammology 18: 45–54
Begg, R., Walsh, B., Woerle, F. & King, S. 1983. Ecology of Melomys burtoni, the grassland melomys (Rodentia: Muridae) at Cobourg Peninsula, N.T. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 259–267
Begg, R.J. 1981. The small mammals of Little Nourlangie Rock, N.T. II. Ecology of Antechinus bilarni, the Sandstone Antechinus (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Australian Wildlife Research 8: 57–72
Begg, R.J. 1981. The small mammals of Little Nourlangie Rock, N.T. III. Ecology of Dasyurus hallucatus, the Northern Quoll (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Australian Wildlife Research 8: 73–85
Begg, R.J. 1981. The small mammals of Little Nourlangie Rock, N.T. IV. Ecology of Zyzomys woodwardi, the Large Rock-rat, and Z. argurus, the Common Rock-rat, (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Wildlife Research 8: 307–320
Begg, R.J. & Dunlop, C.H. 1985. The diets of the large rock-rat, Zyzomys woodwardi, and the common rock-rat, Z. argurus (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Wildlife Research 12: 19–24
Begg, R.J. & Dunlop, C.R. 1980. Security eating, and diet in the Large Rock-rat, Zyzomys woodwardi (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Wildlife Research 7: 63–70
Begg, R.J. & McKean, J.L. 1982. Cave dwelling in the molossid bat Tadarida jobensis colonicus. Northern Territory Naturalist 5: 12
Begle, D.P. 1991. Relationships of the osmeroid fishes and the use of reductive characters in phylogenetic analysis. Systematic Zoology 40(1): 33–53
Begle, D.P. 1992. Monophyly and relationships of argentinoid fishes. Copeia 1992(2): 350–366
Belcher, C.A. 1995. Diet of the tiger quoll (Dasyurus maculatus) in East Gippsland, Victoria. Wildlife Research 22: 341–357
Belcher, C.A. 1998. Susceptibility of the tiger quoll, Dasyurus maculatus, and the eastern quoll, D. viverrinus, to 1080-poisoned baits in control programmes for vertebrate pests in eastern Australia. Wildlife Research 25: 33–40
Bell, C.J., Baudinette, R.V. & Nicol, S.C. 1983. Cutaneous water loss at rest and exercise in two species of marsupials. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 93–99
Bell, C.M., Burton, H.R. & Hindell, M.A. 1997. Growth of southern elephant seals, Mirounga leonina, during their first foraging trip. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 447–458
Bell, C.M., Hindell, M.A.& Burton, H.R. 1997. Estimation of body mass in the southern elephant seal, Mirounga leonina, by photogrammetry and morphometrics. Marine Mammal Science 13: 669–682
Bell, D.T., Moredoundt, J.C. & Loneragan, W.A. 1987. Grazing pressure by the tammar (Macropus eugenii Desm.) on the vegetation of Garden Island, Western Australia, and the potential impact on food reserves of a controlled burning regime. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 69: 89–94
Bell, H.L. 1960. Nesting notes of the Mangrove Kingfisher. The Emu 60: 64–65
Bell, H.L. 1962. The Green-winged Pigeon in Victoria. The Emu 61: 328–330 [Mathews, G.M. 1942. Additions to the list of Australian birds and other notes. Australian Zoologist 10(suppl.): 161–166]
Bell, H.L. 1966. Some feeding habits of the Rainbow Lorikeet. The Emu 66: 71–22 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
Bell, H.L. 1981. Information on New Guinean Kingfishers, Alcedinidae. Ibis 123: 51–61
Bell, H.L. 1984. Carrying of young in flight by Coucals Centropus spp. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 171 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
Bell, J., Steffe, A.S. & Talbot, R.B. 1987. The oriental goby, Acanthogobius flavimanus, colonizes a third estuary in New South Wales, Australia. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 34(2): 227-230
Bell, M.J. & Bell, T.J. 1997. Use of Lophostemon confertus as a sap-feed tree by yellow-bellied gliders, Petaurus australis, on the mid north coast of New South Wales. Australian Mammology 1997: 103–106
Bell, T. 1828. Description of a new species of Phalangista. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 16: 121–127
Bell, T. 1828. On Hydraspis, a new genus of freshwater tortoises, of the family Emydidae. Zoological Journal London 3: 511–513
Bell, T. 1833. Characters of two new genera of reptiles. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1: 98–99
Bellotti, C. 1903. Di un nuovo pteraclide Giapponese. Atti della Società Italiana di Scienze Naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Milano 42: 136–139
Bellwood, D.R. 1994. A phylogenetic study of the parrotfishes family Scaridae (Pisces: Labroidei), with a revision of genera. Records of the Australian Museum, Supplement 20: 1–86
Bellwood, D.R. 2001. Scaridae. pp. 3468-3492 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6 pp. 3381–4218.
Bellwood, D.R. & Choat, J.H. 1989. A description of the juvenile phase colour patterns of 14 parrotfish species (family Scaridae) from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 41(1): 1–41
Belyanina, T.N. 1974. Materials on development, taxonomy and distribution of the fishes of the family Bregmacerotidae. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 96: 143–188 figs 1–12 [in Russian]
Ben-Tuvia, A. 1986. Taxonomic status of Upeneichthys lineatus (Bloch) in Australian and New Zealand waters. pp. 590–594 figs 1–2 in Uyeno, T., Arai, R., Taniuchi, T. & Matsuura, K. (eds). Indo-Pacific Fish Biology. Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Indo-Pacific Fishes. Tokyo : Ichthyological Society of Japan 985 pp.
Ben-Tuvia, A. 1993. A review of the Indo-west Pacific congrid fishes of genera Rhynchoconger and Bathycongrus with the description of three new species. Israel Journal of Zoology 39(4): 349–370
Ben-Tuvia, A. & Kissil, G.W. 1988. Fishes of the family Mullidae in the Red Sea, with a key to the species in the Red sea and the eastern Mediterranean. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B. Smith Institute, Grahamstown 52: 1–16 figs 1–14
Benham, W.B. 1904. An apparently new species of Regalecus (R. parkeri). Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 26(23): 198–200
Bennett, A.F. 1973. Blood physiology and oxygen transport during activity in two lizards, Varanus gouldii and Sauromalus hispidus. Comp. du Biochem. Physiol. 46A: 673–690
Bennett, A.F. 1993. Microhabitat use by the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus and other small mammals in remnant forest vegetation of south-western Victoria. Wildlife Research 20: 267–285
Bennett, A.F. & Baxter, B.J. 1989. Diet of the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Marsupialia: Potoroidae), in south-western Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 263–271
Bennett, D.K. 1980. Stripes do not a zebra make, Part 1: a cladistic analysis of Equus. Systematic Zoology 29: 272–287
Bennett, E.T. 1830. Catalogue of the fishes of Sumatra. pp. 686–694 in Lady Raffles (ed.) Memoir of the Life and Public Services of Sir Stanford Raffles. London. 701 pp. [not seen]
Bennett, E.T. 1830. Catalogue of the fishes of Sumatra. pp. 686–694 in Lady Raffles (ed.) Memoir of the Life and Public Services of Sir Stanford Raffles. London 701 pp. [not seen]
Bennett, E.T. 1831. Characters of new genera and species of fishes of the Atlantic coast of northern Africa presented by Capt. Belcher. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London 1: 145–148
Bennett, E.T. 1831. Observations on a collection of fishes from the Mauritius, with characters of new genera and species. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London 1: 59–61, 126–128
Bennett, E.T. 1832. Characters of two new species of fishes, from the Mauritius, presented by Mr Telfair. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London 2: 184
Bennett, E.T. 1832. Observations on a collection of fishes from Mauritius, presented by Mr Telfair, with characters of new genera and species, remaining portion. Proceedings of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society of London 1: 165–169 [dated 1830–1831]
Bennett, E.T. 1833. Characters of new species from the Mauritius. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1833(1): 32
Bennett, E.T. 1835. On a new species of kangaroo. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1834: 151–152
Bennett, F.D. 1840. Narrative of a Whaling Voyage Around the Globe from the Year 1833–1836. Comprising sketches of Polynesia, California, the Indian Archipelago, etc., with an account of southern whales, the sperm whale fishery, and the natural history of the climates visited. London : Bentley Vol. 2 395 pp. 2 pls.
Bennett, G. 1837. A Catalogue of the Specimens of Natural History and Miscellaneous Curiosities, Deposited in the Australian Museum. Sydney : Australian Museum pp. 71.
Bennett, G. 1837. Catalogue of Specimens of Natural History and miscellaneous curiosities deposited in the Australian Museum. Sydney : Australian Museum.
Bennett, J.H., Breed, W.G. Hayman, D.L. & Hope, R.M. 1990. Reproductive and genetical studies with a laboratory colony of the dasyurid marsupial Sminthopsis crassicaudata. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 207–222
Bennett, J.H., Smith, M.J., Hope, R.M. & Chesson, C.M. 1982. Fat-tailed dunnart Sminthopsis crassicaudata: establishment and maintenance of a laboratory colony. pp. 38–44 in Evans, D.D. (ed.). The management of Australian mammals in captivity. Proceedings of the Scientific Meeting of the Australian Mammal Society, Healesville, Victoria, February 1979. Melbourne : Zoological Board of Victoria pp. 194.
Bennett, J.W. 1828. A Selection of Rare and Curious Fishes found upon the Coast of Ceylon. London 6 Pts pls 1–10 with facing unnumbered pages.
Bennett, J.W. 1829. A Selection of Rare and Curious Fishes found upon the Coast of Ceylon. London 6 Pts pls 11–15 with facing unnumbered pages.
Bennett, J.W. 1830. A Selection of Rare and Curious Fishes found upon the Coast of Ceylon. London 6 Pts pls 16–30 with facing unnumbered pages. [not seen]
Bentley, A. 1978. An Introduction to the Deer of Australia with Special Reference to Victoria. Melbourne : R.A. Manning for the Koetong Trust Service Fund, Forests Comm., Vic. pp. 350.
Bentley, A. 1995. Chital Axis axis. pp. 739–741 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bentley, A. 1995. Fallow Deer Dama dama. pp. 732–733 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bentley, A. 1995. Hog Deer Axis porcinus. pp. 741–742 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bentley, A. 1995. Red Deer Cervus elaphus. pp. 734–735 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bentley, A. 1995. Rusa Deer Cervus timorensis. pp. 736–737 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bentley, A. 1995. Sambar Cervus unicolor. pp. 738–739 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bentley, P.J. 1959. Studies on the water and electrolyte metabolism of the lizard Trachysaurus rugosus (Gray). Journal of Physiology 145: 37–47
Bentley, P.J. & Blumer, W.F.C. 1962. Uptake of water by the lizard, Moloch horridus. Nature (London) 194: 699–700
Bentley, P.J. & Bradshaw, S.D. 1972. Electrical potential difference across the cloaca and colon of the Australian lizards Amphibolurus ornatus and A. inermis. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 42A: 465–471
Beresford, Q. & Bailey, G. 1981. Search for the Tasmanian Tiger. Sandy Bay : Blubber Head Press vi 54 pp. 39 pls.
Berg, C. 1898. Substitución de nombres genéricos. II. Comunicaciones del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires 1(2): 41-43
Berger, A.J. 1955. On the anatomy and relationships of Glossy Cuckoos of the genera Chrysococcyx, Lampromorpha, and Chalcites. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 103: 585–597
Berger, A.J. 1960. Some anatomical characters of the Cuculidae and the Musophagidae. Wilson Bulletin 72: 60–104
Bergin, T.J. (ed.) 1978. The Koala. Proceedings of the Taronga Symposium on Koala biology, management and medicine, Sydney 11th and 12th March 1976. Sydney : Zoological Parks Board of N.S.W. pp. x 239.
Bergmans, W. 1978. On Dobsonia Palmer, 1898 from the Lesser Sunda Islands (Mammalia: Megachiroptera). Senckenbergiana Biologica 59: 1–18
Berkenhout, J. 1769. Outlines of the Natural History of Great Britain and Ireland. Containing a systematic arrangement and concise description of all the animals, vegetables, and fossils which have hitherto been discovered in these kingdoms. Comprehending the Animal Kingdom. London : P. Elmsly pp. 1 xiii 233.
Berlepsch, H. 1911. Die vögel der Aru-Inseln, mit besonderer berücksichtigung der sammlungen des Herrn Dr H. Merton. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 34: 53–98
Berlioz, J. 1927. [Title unknown]. Bulletin du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 33: 350
Berman, D. 1995. Brumby Equus caballus. pp. 710–711 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bernard, R.T.F. 1980. Reproductive cycles of Miniopterus schreibersi natalensis (Kuhl, 1819) and Miniopterus fraterculus Thomas and Schwann, 1906. Annals of the Transvaal Museum Pretoria 32: 55–64
Bernardi, G., Bucciarelli, G., Costagliola, D., Robertson, D.R. & Heiser, J.B. 2004. Evolution of coral reef fish Thalassoma spp. (Labridae). 1. Molecular phylogeny and biogeography. Marine Biology, Berlin 144: 369–375, 405
Berney, F.L. 1936. Gould's monitor (Varanus gouldiae). Queensland Naturalist 10: 12–14
Berra, T. & Hutchins, J.B. 1990. A specimen of megamouth shark, Megachasma pelagios (Megachasmidae) from Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 14(4): 651–656 fig. 1
Berra, T.M. 1982. Life history of the Australian grayling, Prototroctes maraena (Salmoniformes, Prototroctidae) in the Tambo River, Victoria. Copeia 1982(4): 795–805 figs 1–4
Berra, T.M. 2001. Freshwater Fish Distribution. San Diego : Academic Press 604 pp.
Berra, T.M. 2003. Nurseryfish, Kurtus gulliveri (Perciformes: Kurtidae), from northern Australia: redescription, distribution, egg mass, and comparison with K. indicus from southeast Asia. Ichthyological Explorations of Freshwater 14(4): 295–306
Berra, T.M. & Allen, G.R. 1989. Burrowing, emergence, behaviour, and functional morphology of the Australian salamanderfish, Lepidogalaxias salamandroides. Fisheries (Bethesda) 14(5): 2–10
Berra, T.M. & Humphrey, J.D. 2002. Gross anatomy and histology of the hook and skin of male nurseryfish, Kurtus gulliveri, from northern Australia. Environmental Biology of Fishes 65: 263–270
Berra, T.M. & Neira, F.J. 2003. Early life history of the nurseryfish, Kurtus gulliveri, from northern Australia. Copeia 2003(2): 384–390
Berra, T.M. & Weatherley, A.H. 1972. A systematic study of the Australian freshwater serranid fish genus Maccullochella. Copeia 1972(1): 53–64 figs 1–7
Berra, T.M. & Wedd, D. 2001. Alimentary canal anatomy and diet of the nurseryfish, Kurtus gulliveri (Perciformes: Kurtidae) from the Northern Territory of Australia. The Beagle, Records of the Northern Territory Museum of the Arts and Sciences 17: 21-25
Berry, F.H. 1959. Boarfishes of the genus Antigonia of the western Atlantic. Bulletin of the Florida State Museum 4(7): 205–250 figs 1–11
Berry, F.H. 1968. A new species of carangid fish (Decapterus tabl) from the western Atlantic. Contributions in Marine Science 13: 145–167 figs 1–4
Berry, F.H. & Baldwin, W.J. 1966. Triggerfishes (Balistidae) of the eastern Pacific. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 34(9): 429–474 figs 1–19
Berry, F.H. & Cohen, L. 1974. Synopsis of the genus Trachurus (Pisces, Carangidae). Quarterly Journal of the Florida Academy of Science 35(4): 177–211 figs 1–4 [1972]
Berry, R.J. (ed.) 1981. Biology of the House Mouse. Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. No. 47. London : Academic Press pp. xxx 715.
Bertelsen, E. 1951. The ceratioid fishes ontogeny, taxonomy, distribution and biology. 'Dana' Reports 39: 1–276 figs 1–141 1 pl.
Bertelsen, E. 1980. Notes on Linophrynidae V. A revision of the deepsea anglerfishes of the Linophryne arborifera-group (Pisces, Ceratioidei). Steenstrupia 6(6): 29–70 figs 1–18
Bertelsen, E. 1982. Notes on Linophrynidae VIII. A review of the genus Linophryne, with new records and descriptions of two new species. Steenstrupia 8(3): 49–104 figs 1–18
Bertelsen, E. 1984. Ceratioidei: development and relationships. 325–334 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760
Bertelsen, E. & Krefft, G. 1988. The ceratioid family Himantolophidae (Pisces, Lophiiformes). Steenstrupia 14(2): 9–89
Bertelsen, E. & Marshall, N.B. 1956. The Miripinnati, a new order of teleost fishes. 'Dana' Reports 42: 1–34 figs 1–15 pl. 1
Bertelsen, E. & Marshall, N.B. 1984. Mirapinnatoidei: development and relationships. 380–383 figs 202–203 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760
Bertelsen, E. & Pietsch, T.W. 1983. The ceratioid anglerfishes of Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 35(2): 77–99 figs 1–18
Bertelsen, E., Krefft, G. & Marshall, N.B. 1976. The fishes of the family Notosudidae. 'Dana' Reports 86: 1–115 figs 1–67 pl. 1
Bertelsen, E., Nielsen, J.G. & Smith, D.G. 1989. Suborder Saccopharyngoidei. 636–655 in Böhlke, E.B. (ed.). Orders Anguilliformes and Saccopharyngiformes. Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1: 1–655
Bertelsen, E., Pietsch, T.W. & Lavenberg, R.J. 1981. Ceratioid anglerfishes of the family Gigantactinidae: morphology, systematics and distribution. Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History Contributions in Science 332: 1–74 figs 1–69
Berthold, A.A. 1826. Latreille's Natürliche Familien des Thierreich Aus dem Französisechen mit Anmerkungen und Zusätzen. Weimar : Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs x 606 pp. [publication dated as 1827]
Berthold, A.A. 1827. Anmerkungen und Zusatzen. In Latreille, P.A. Natürliche Familien des Thierreichs. Weimar : Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs. 604 pp.
Berthold, A.A. 1827. In Latrielle, P.A. Naturliche Familien des Thierreichs. Aus dem französischen mit Anmerkungen und Zusätzen von Dr Arnold Adolph Berthold. Weimar : Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs. [preface 30 Aug. 1826]
Berthold, A.A. (ed.) 1827. Natürliche Familien des Thierreichs. Weimar : Landes-Industrie-Comtoirs.
Bertin, L. 1934. Une nouvelle espèce de poissons abyssaux: Saccopharynx Schmidti. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 198: 1633–1634
Bertin, L. 1940. Remaniement dans la classification des Poissons Apodes appartenant à la famille des Serrivoméridés. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 211: 76–78
Bertin, L. 1941. Mise au point sur quelques espèces de clupéidés. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 66: 18–25
Beruldsen, G.R. 1978. The eggs of the Brush Cuckoo—Cacomantis variolosus. Australian Bird Watcher 7: 281–282
Beruldsen, G.R. 1986. Observations on the Sooty Owl Tyto tenebricosa in south-east Queensland. Australian Bird Watcher 11: 230–236
Beumer, J.P., Pearson, R.G. & Penridge, L.K. 1981. Pacific short-finned eel Anguilla obscura Günther, 1871 in Australia: recent records of its distribution and maximum size. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 92: 85–90 figs 1–2
Bezzobs, T. & Sanson, G. 1997. The effects of plant and tooth structure on intake and digestibility in two small mammalian herbivores. Physiological Zoology 70: 338–351
Bianchi, V.L. 1907. Catalogue of the known species of Alaudidae, or family of larks, with a table showing the geographical distribution and a key to the genera. Bulletin of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St Petersburg 5 25(1-2): 1-81
Bianconi, G.G. 1846. Lettera sul Ostracion fornasini, n. sp. de pesce del Mosambico. Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali. Bologna 2 5: 113–115 figs [not seen]
Bianconi, G.G. 1855. Specimina zoologica Mosambicana quibus vel novae vel minus natae animalium species illustrantur. Fasc. 10 pp. 215–230 pls Pisc. 1–3 Bononiae. [not seen]
Bibron, G. in Müller, J. & Henle, F.G.J. 1839. Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen. Berlin : Veit & Co. pp. 29–102 pls.
Bibron, G. in Duméril, A.H.A. 1855. Note sur un travail inédit de Bibron relatif aux poissons Plectognathes Gymnodontes (Diodons et Tétrodons). Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 8: 274–282
Bick, J.A.E. 1992. The meiotic chain of chromosomes of Monotremata. pp. 64–68 in Augee, M.L. (ed.). Platypus and Echidnas. Mosman : Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.
Bigelow, H.B. 1961. A new species of the cetomimid genus Gyrinomimus from the Gulf of Mexico. Breviora 145: 1–2 fig. 1
Bigelow, H.B. & Schroeder, W.C. 1948. Sharks. In, Parr, A.E. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(1): 59–546 figs 6–106
Bigelow, H.B. & Schroeder, W.C. 1953. Chimaeroids. pp. 515–588, figs 118–127 in Parr, A.E. (ed.). Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(2): 1–599
Bigelow, H.B. & Schroeder, W.C. 1953. Sawfishes, guitarfishes, skates and rays. pp. 1–514, figs 1–117 in Parr, A.E. (ed.). Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(2): 1–599
Bigelow, H.B. & Schroeder, W.C. 1962. New and little known batoid fishes from the western Atlantic. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 128(4): 159–244 figs 1–23 pl. 1
Biggins, J.G. 1984. Communication in possums: a review. pp. 35–57 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.
Billberg, G.J. 1828. Synopsis Faunae Scandinaviae. Tom. I, Pars 2. Aves. Holmiae 208 pp. [For publication date Richmond, C.W. 1900. Some necessary changes in nomenclature. Auk ns 17: 178–179 Lysaght, A. 1957. The first specimens of Dacelo novaeguineae and D. leachii in European collections. Emu 57: 209–210 Mathews, G.M. 1926. An important date. Emu 26: 148]
Bird, C.L. 1980. Fork-tailed Swifts in Tasmania. Tasmanian Bird Report 10: 22–24
Birds Australia 1999. Handbook of Australian New Zealand and Antartic Birds. Oxford university Press Vol. Vol. 4.
Birdsong, R., Murdy, E.O. & Pezold, F.L. 1988. A study of the vertebral column and median fin osteology in gobioid fishes with comments on gobioid relationships. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 42(2): 174–214 figs 1–5
Birt, P., Hall, L.S. & Smith, G.C. 1997. Ecomorphology of the tongues of Australian Megachiroptera (Chiroptera: Pteropidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 369–384
Birt, T.P., Friesen, V.L., Green, J.M., Montevechi, W.A. & Davidson, W.S. 1992. Cytochrome b sequence variation among parrots. Hereditas (Lund) 117: 67–72
Bishop, N., Bulbert, M., Carr, S., Kroker, S.& Millikan, J. 1995. Sonographic analysis of vocalisations in captive dunnarts, Sminthopsis crassicaudata. Australian Mammology 18: 99–100
Bissinger, B.E. & Simon, C.A. 1979. Comparison of tongue extrusions in representatives of six families of lizards. Journal of Herpetology 13: 133–139
Biswas, B. 1951. On some larger spine-tailed swifts, with the description of a new subspecies from Nepal. Ardea 39: 318–321
Bjorndal, K.A. 1979. Cellulose digestion and volatile fatty acid production in the green turtle, Chelonia mydas. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 63A: 127–133
Bjorndal, K.A. 1979. Urine concentrations of ammonia, urea and uric acid in the green turtle, Chelonia mydas. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 63A: 509–510
Bjorndal, K.A. 1980. Nutrition and grazing behavior of the green turtle, Chelonia mydas. Marine Biology, Berlin 56: 147–154
Blaber, S.J.M., Brewer, D.T. & Harris, A.N. 1994. Distribution, biomass and community structure of demersal fishes of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 45: 375–396 figs 1–7
Blaber, S.J.M., Salini, J.P. & Brewer, D.T. 1990. A checklist of the fishes of Albatross Bay and the Embley estuary, north-eastern Gulf of Carpentaria. CSIRO Marine Laboratory. Report 210: 1–22
Blache, J. & Bauchot, M.-L. 1976. Contribution à la connaissance des poissons Anguilliformes de la côte occidentale d'Afrique. 16e note: les familles des Congridae et Colocongridae. Bulletin de l'Institut Français d'Afrique Noire A 38: 369–444 figs 1–30
Blache, J., Bauchot, M.-L. & Saldanha, L. 1973. Anguillidae. pp. 220–222 in Hureau, R.C. & Monod, Th. (eds). Checklist of the Fishes of the North-eastern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean. CLOFNAM 1. Paris : UNESCO pp. 683.
Blackall, S. 1980. Diet of the Eastern Native-Cat, Dasyurus viverrinus (Shaw), in southern Tasmania. Australian Wildlife Research 7: 191–197
Blackburn, A. 1970. Unusual records of Spine-tailed and Fork-tailed Swifts. The Emu 70: 90
Blackman, J.G. & Locke, D.K. 1978. Nocturnal flying height of a Dollarbird. The Emu 78: 163
Blackwell, J.M. 1978. Intra-specific divergence in the Western Australian frog species Ranidella insignifera. 1. The evidence from gene frequencies and genetic distance. Heredity 40: 339–348
Blackwell, J.M. & Bull, C.M. 1978. A narrow hybrid zone between two Western Australian frog species Ranidella insignifera and R. pseudinsignifera: the extent of introgression. Heredity 40: 13–25
Bladon, R.V., Dickman, C.R. & Hume, I.D. 2002. Effects of habitat fragmentation on the demography, movements and social organisation of the eastern pygmy possum (Cercartetus nanus) in northern New South Wales. Wildlife Research 29: 105-116
Blainville, H.D. de 1816. Prodrome d'une nouvelle distribution systématique du Règne Animal. Bulletin des Sciences pars la Société Philomathique de Paris 1816: 105–124
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1810. Note sur plusieurs espèces de Squales, confondues sous le nom de Squalus maximus de Linnée. Journal de Physique, de Chimie et d'Histoire Naturelle 71: 248–259 pl. 2
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1816. Prodrome d'une nouvelle distribution systématique du règne animal. Bulletin des Sciences pars la Société Philomathique de Paris 1816: 113–124 [July 1816]
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1816. Prodrome d'une nouvelle distribution systématique du règne animal. Bulletin des Sciences pars la Société Philomathique de Paris 8: 105(=113)–124
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1816. Sur plusieurs espèces d'animaux mammifères de l'ordre des ruminants. Bulletin des Sciences pars la Société Philomathique de Paris 1816: 73–82
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1817. in, Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle Appliquée aux Arts à l'Agriculture, à l'Economie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. par une Société de Naturalistes et d'Agriculteurs. Nouvelle édition presqu'entièrement refondue et considerablement augmentée; avec des figures tirées des trois regnes de la nature. Tome IX.
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1820. Sur quelques crânes de phoques. Journal de Physique, de Chimie et d'Histoire Naturelle et des Arts 91: 286–300
Blainville, H.M.D. de 1838. Sur les Cachalots. Annales Françaises et Étrangères d'Anatomie et de Physiologie. Paris 2: 335–337
Blair-West, J.R., Gibson, A., McKinley, M.J. & Nelson, J.F. 1983. Water drinking and the effect of angiotensin and renin in a dasyurid marsupial (Antechinus stuartii). General and Comparative Endocrinology 52: 388–394
Blake, A.J.D. 1973. Taxonomy and relationships of myobatrachine frogs (Leptodactylidae): a numerical approach. Australian Journal of Zoology 21: 119–149
Blakers, M., Davies, S.J.J.F. & Reilly, P.N. 1984. The Atlas of Australian Birds. Melbourne : Melbourne University Press/Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union xlvi 738 pp.
Blandford, W.T. 1893. On the scientific name of a Himalayan Cuckoo. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 315-319
Blanford, W.T. 1891. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Mammalia. Part 2. London : Taylor & Francis pp. i–vi 251–617.
Blasius, J.H. 1858. Briefliche Mitteillungen über Helgoland. Naumannia 8: 303-316
Blasius, J.H. 1862. A list of the birds of Europe, reprinted from the German with the author's corrections. Norwich : Matchett & Stevenson pp. 24.
Blaylock, B.J. & Horton, P. 2006. Authorship and typification of Strepera fusca. South Australian Ornithologist 34(7-8): 288-290
Bleeker, P. 1846. Overzicht der Siluroiden welke te Batavia voorkomen. Natuur-en Geneeskundig Archief voor Neêrland's Indië 3(2): 135–184
Bleeker, P. 1847. Pharyngognathorum Siluroideorumque species novae Javanenses. Natuur-en Geneeskundig Archief voor Neêrland's Indië 4(2): 155–169
Bleeker, P. 1847. Labroideorum ctenoideorum bataviensium diagnoses et adumbratonis. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 21(1): 1–33
Bleeker, P. 1848. A contribution to the knowledge of the ichthyological fauna of Sumbawa. Journal of the Indian Archipelago & Eastern Asia 2(9): 632–639
Bleeker, P. 1849. A contribution to the knowledge of the ichthyological fauna of Celebes. Journal of the Indian Archipelago & Eastern Asia 3: 65–74
Bleeker, P. 1849. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Blennioïden en Gobioïden van der Soenda-Molukschen Archipel, met beschrijving van 42 nieuwe soorten. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 22: 1–40
Bleeker, P. 1849. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Percoïden van den Malayo-Molukschen Archipel, met beschrijving van 22 nieuwe soorten. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 22: 1–64
Bleeker, P. 1849. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Scleroparei van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 22: 1–10
Bleeker, P. 1849. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Madura, met beschrijving van eenige nieuwe species. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 22: 1–16
Bleeker, P. 1849. Overzicht der te Batavia voorkomende Gladschubbige Labroïden, met beschrijving van 11 nieuwe soorten. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 22: 1–64
Bleeker, P. 1850. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Maenoïden van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 23: 1–13
Bleeker, P. 1850. Over eenige nieuwe soorten van Scleroparei van den Indischen Archipel. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 1: 17–27
Bleeker, P. 1851. Cheilinoïdes, een nieuw geslacht van gladschubbige Labroïden van Batavia. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 2: 71–72
Bleeker, P. 1851. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Riouw. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 2: 469–497
Bleeker, P. 1851. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Banda-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 2: 225–261
Bleeker, P. 1851. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der Percoidei, Scleroparei, Sciaenoidei, Maenoidei, Chaetodontoidei en Scomberoidei van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 2: 163–179
Bleeker, P. 1851. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 2: 209–224
Bleeker, P. 1851. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der icthyolgishce fauna van Borneo met beschrijving van eenige nieuwe soorten van zoetwatervisschen. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 1: 259–275
Bleeker, P. 1851. Over eenige nieuwe geslachten en soorten van Makreelachtige visschen van den Indischen Archipel. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 1: 341–372
Bleeker, P. 1851. Over eenige nieuwe soorten van Belone en Hemiramphus van Java. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 1: 93–95
Bleeker, P. 1851. Over eenige nieuwe soorten van Blennioïden en Gobioïden van den Indischen Archipel. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 1: 236–258
Bleeker, P. 1851. Over eenige nieuwe soorten van Pleuronectoïden van der Indischen Archipel. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 1: 401–416
Bleeker, P. 1851. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Borneo, met beschrijving van eenige nieuwe soorten van zoetwatervisschen. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 2: 415–442
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Balistini en Ostraciones van den Indischen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 24: 1–38
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Haringachtige visschen van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 24: 1–52
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Makreelachtige visschen van den Soenda-Molukschen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 24: 1–93
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Plagiostomen van den Indischen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 24: 1–92
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Singapore. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 51–86
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Timor. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 159–174
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Moluksche eilanden. Visschen van Amboina en Ceram. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 229–309
Bleeker, P. 1852. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Banka. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 443–460
Bleeker, P. 1852. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 739–782
Bleeker, P. 1852. Diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Sumatra. Tiental I–IV. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 569–608
Bleeker, P. 1852. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 545–568
Bleeker, P. 1852. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ceram. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 3: 689–714
Bleeker, P. 1853. Exocoetus hexazona, eene nieuwe soort van Banka. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4: 206-207
Bleeker, P. 1853. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Muraenoïden en Symbranchoïden van den Indischen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 25: 1–76
Bleeker, P. 1853. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Troskieuwige visschen van den Indischen Archipel. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 25: 1–30
Bleeker, P. 1853. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Solor. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 5: 67–96
Bleeker, P. 1853. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4: 91–130
Bleeker, P. 1853. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ceram. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 5: 233–248
Bleeker, P. 1853. Diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Batavia. Tiental I–VI. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4: 451–516
Bleeker, P. 1853. Diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Sumatra. Tiental V–X. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4: 243–302
Bleeker, P. 1853. Nalezingen op de ichthyologie van Japan. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 25: 1–56 pls 6–10
Bleeker, P. 1853. Nalezingen op de ichthyologische fauna van Bengalen en Hindostan. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 25: 1–164 pls 1–6
Bleeker, P. 1853. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate en Halmaheira (Gilolo). Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4: 595–610
Bleeker, P. 1853. Nieuwe tientallen diagnostische beschrijvingen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Sumatra. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 5: 495–534
Bleeker, P. 1853. Vierde Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 5: 153–174
Bleeker, P. 1853. Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 5: 317–352
Bleeker, P. 1854. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Halmajeira (Gilolo). Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 49–62
Bleeker, P. 1854. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Kokos-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 37–48
Bleeker, P. 1854. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Flores. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 311–338
Bleeker, P. 1854. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Banda-eilanden (1). Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 89–114
Bleeker, P. 1854. Descriptiones specierum diagnosticae. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 239–260
Bleeker, P. 1854. Faunae ichthyologicae japonicae species novae. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 395–426
Bleeker, P. 1854. Ichthyologische waarnemingen gedaan op verschillende reizen in de residentie Bantam. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 309–326
Bleeker, P. 1854. Nieuwe bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Timor. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 203–214
Bleeker, P. 1854. Nieuwe nalezingen op de ichthyologie van Japan. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 26: 1–132 [1854–1857]
Bleeker, P. 1854. Overzigt der ichthyologische fauna van Sumatra, met beschrijving van eenige nieuwe soorten. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 49-108
Bleeker, P. 1854. Specierum piscium javanensium novarum vel minus cognitarum diagnoses adumbratae. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 415–448
Bleeker, P. 1854. Species piscium batabiensium novae vel minus cognitae. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 191–202
Bleeker, P. 1854. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 6: 455–508
Bleeker, P. 1854. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 225–260
Bleeker, P. 1854. Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 7: 449–452
Bleeker, P. 1855. Achtste bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 9: 281–314
Bleeker, P. 1855. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Batoe-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 8: 305–328
Bleeker, P. 1855. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Groot-Obi. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 9: 431–438
Bleeker, P. 1855. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Batjan. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 9: 491–504
Bleeker, P. 1855. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Kokos-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 8: 169–180
Bleeker, P. 1855. Negende bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Borneo. Zoetwatervisschen van Pontianak en Bandjermasin. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 9: 415–430
Bleeker, P. 1855. Over eenige visschen van Van Diemensland. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen [Verh. Akad. Amsterdam] 2: 1–31 fig. 1
Bleeker, P. 1855. Tweede bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Batjan. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 9: 191–202
Bleeker, P. 1855. Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Kokos-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 8: 445–460
Bleeker, P. 1855. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 8: 295–304
Bleeker, P. 1855. Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Amboina. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 8: 391–434
Bleeker, P. 1855. Zevende bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Celebes. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 8: 435–444
Bleeker, P. 1856. Carcharias Prionodon amblyrhynchos, eene nieuwe haaisoort, gevangen nabij het eiland Solombo. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 10: 467–468
Bleeker, P. 1856. Achtste bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 12: 191–210
Bleeker, P. 1856. Beschrijvengen van nieuwe of weinig bekende vischsoorten van Menado en Makassar grootendeels verzameld op eene reis naar den Molukschen Archipel in het gevolg van den Gouverneur-Generaal Duymaer van Twist. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 1: 1–80
Bleeker, P. 1856. Beschrijvingen van nieuwe en weinig bekende vischsoorten van Amboina, verzameld op eene reis door den Molukschen Archipel, gedaan in het gevolg van den Gouverneur-Generaal Duymaer van Twist in September en October 1855. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 1: 1–76
Bleeker, P. 1856. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Boero. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 11: 383–414
Bleeker, P. 1856. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van het eiland Boeroe. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 11: 383–414
Bleeker, P. 1856. Verslag omtrent eenige vischsoorten gevangen aan de Zuidkust van Malang in Oost-Java. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 11: 81–92
Bleeker, P. 1856. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Banda-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 11: 93–110
Bleeker, P. 1856. Zevende bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 10: 357–386
Bleeker, P. 1857. Achtste bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Ternate. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 12: 191–210
Bleeker, P. 1857. Achtste bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 2: 1–102
Bleeker, P. 1857. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Nias. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 12: 211–228
Bleeker, P. 1857. Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Sangi-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 13: 369–380
Bleeker, P. 1857. Derde Bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Batoe-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 12: 229–242
Bleeker, P. 1857. Index descriptionum specierum piscium Bleekerianarum in voluminibus I Ad XIV Diarii Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Batavae. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 14: 447–486
Bleeker, P. 1857. Nieuwe nalezingen op de ichthyologie van Japan. Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen 26: 1–132 [date variously seen as 1854–1857]
Bleeker, P. 1857. Opsomming der soorten van Reptiliën, tot dus verre van het eiland Java bekend geworden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4 14: 235–244
Bleeker, P. 1857. Tweede bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Boeroe. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 13: 55–82
Bleeker, P. 1858. Bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van den Goram-Archipel. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 15: 197–218
Bleeker, P. 1858. De heer Bleeker berigt omtrent de vischoorten en Reptiliën. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4 16: 45–47
Bleeker, P. 1858. De visschen van den Indischen Archipel. Beschreven en toegelicht. Siluri. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 4: 1-370
Bleeker, P. 1858. Der heer Bleeker doet verslag van de verzameling visschen van Amboina, der Vereeniging aangeboden door het lid den heer Schröder. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 4 16: 28–31
Bleeker, P. 1858. Negende bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 3: 1–6
Bleeker, P. 1858. Tiende bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Celebes. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 3: 1–16
Bleeker, P. 1858. Twaalfde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Borneo. Visschen van Singawang. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 5: 1–10
Bleeker, P. 1858. Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Japan. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 3: 1–46
Bleeker, P. 1858. Vierde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Biliton. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 15: 219–240
Bleeker, P. 1858. Vijfde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van de Kokos-eilanden. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 15: 457–468
Bleeker, P. 1859. Bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Nieuw-Guinea. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 6: 1–24
Bleeker, P. 1859. Conspectus specierum Mugilis Archipelagi indici analyticus. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 16: 275–280
Bleeker, P. 1859. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der ichthyologische fauna van Bali. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 17: 141–175
Bleeker, P. 1859. Enumeratio specierum piscium hucusque in Archipelago indico observatarum, adjectis habitationibus citationibusque, ubi descriptiones earum recentiores reperiuntur, nec non speciebus Musei Bleekeriani Bengalensibus, Japonicis, Capensibus Tasmanicisque. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 6: 1–276
Bleeker, P. 1859. Over eenige vischsoorten van de Zuidkust-wateren van Java. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 19: 329–352
Bleeker, P. 1860. Derde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Singapore. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 20: 446–456
Bleeker, P. 1860. Dertiende bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Borneo. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1–64
Bleeker, P. 1860. Dertiende bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Celebes. Visschen van Bonthain, Badjoa, Sindjai, Lagoesi en Pompenoea. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1–60
Bleeker, P. 1860. Elfde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1–14
Bleeker, P. 1860. Tiende bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Banka. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 21: 135–142
Bleeker, P. 1860. Twaalfde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Amboina. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1–4
Bleeker, P. 1860. Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Japan. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Neerlandicae 8: 1–104
Bleeker, P. 1861. Iets over de geslachten der Scaroïden en kunne Indisch-archipelagische soorten. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 12: 228–244
Bleeker, P. 1861. Zesde bijdrage tot de kennis der vischfauna van Timor. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië 22: 247–261
Bleeker, P. 1862. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaises, publié sous les auspices du Gouvernement colonial néerlandais. Tome 2. Siluroïdes, Charcoïdes et Hétérobranchoïdes. Amsterdam : Fréd. Müller 112 pp. pls 49–101.
Bleeker, P. 1862. Conspectus generum Labroideorum analyticus. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 408–418
Bleeker, P. 1862. Notices ichthyologiques. 5. Sur une nouvelle espèce de pseudolabre (Güntheri) de la Nouvelle Hollande. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 14: 130–133
Bleeker, P. 1862. Sixième mémoire sur la faune ichthyologique de l'île Batjan. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 14: 99–112
Bleeker, P. 1862. Sur quelques genres de la famille des pleuronectoïdes. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 13: 422–429
Bleeker, P. 1863. Deuxième notice sur la faune ichthyologique de l'île de Flores. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 1: 248–252
Bleeker, P. 1863. Mémoire sur les poissons de la côte de Guinée. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Bataafsche Hollandsche Maatschappye der Wetenschappen te Haarlem 2 18: 1–136
Bleeker, P. 1863. Notice sur deux espèces inédites du genre Aphthalmichthys sp. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 1: 163–166
Bleeker, P. 1863. Notices sur une collection de poissons de la Nouvelle Hollande faite à Port Jackson. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 15: 442–451
Bleeker, P. 1863. Onzième notice sur la faune ichthyologique de l'île de Ternate. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 1: 228–238
Bleeker, P. 1864. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaises, publié sous les auspices du Gouvernement colonial néerlandais. Tome 4. Murènes, Symbranches, Leptocéphales. Amsterdam : Fréd. Müller 132 pp. pls 145–193.
Bleeker, P. 1864. Systema Muraenorum revisum. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 113–122
Bleeker, P. 1865. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaises, publié sous les auspices du Gouvernement colonial néerlandais. Tome 5. Baudroies, Ostracions, Gymnodontes, Balistes. Amsterdam : Fréd. Müller 152 pp. pls 194–231.
Bleeker, P. 1865. Description de quelques espèces inédites de poissons de l'Archipel des Moluques. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 177–181
Bleeker, P. 1865. Description des deux espèces inédites des genres Callechelys et Pisoodonophis. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 213–216
Bleeker, P. 1865. Enumération des espèces de poissons actuellement connues de l'île d'Amboine. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 270–293
Bleeker, P. 1865. Notice sur le genre Paraploactis et description de son espèce type. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 168–170
Bleeker, P. 1865. Poissons inédits indo-archipélagiques de l'ordre des murènes. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 38–54
Bleeker, P. 1865. Sixième notice sur la faune ichthyologique de Siam. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 2: 171–176
Bleeker, P. 1866. Description de quelques espèces inédites des genres Pseudorhombus et Platophrys de l'Inde archipélagique. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 3: 43–50
Bleeker, P. 1866. Sur les espèces d'Exocet de l'Inde Archipélagique. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 3: 105–129
Bleeker, P. 1866. Systema Balistidorum, Ostracionidorum, Gymnodontidorumque revisum. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 3: 8–19
Bleeker, P. 1867. Description et figure d'une espèce inédite de Crossorhinus de l'archipel des Moluques. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 2: 400–402
Bleeker, P. 1868. Description de deux espèces inédites d'Epinephelus rapportées de l'île de la Réunion par M.M. Pollen et van Dam. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 2: 336-341
Bleeker, P. 1868. Description de deux espèces nouvelles de Blennioïdes de l'Inde Archipelagique. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2(2): 228–280
Bleeker, P. 1868. Description de trois espèces inédites de poissons des îles d'Amboine et de Waigiou. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 2: 331–335
Bleeker, P. 1869. Description d'une espèce inédite de Caesio de l'île de Nossibé. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 3: 78–79
Bleeker, P. 1869. Description et figure d'une espèce inédite de platycèphale. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 3: 253–254
Bleeker, P. 1871. Atlas ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néêrlandaises, publié sous les auspices du Gouvernement colonial néêrlandais. Amsterdam : Fréd. Müller Vol. 7 pp. pls 277-288. [text published 1875–1876, plates published 1871–1875 Boeseman, M. 1983. Introduction. pp. 1–12 in Bleeker, P. (ed). Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaises. Washington, D.C. : Smithsonian Institution 12 pp. pls 421, 423.]
Bleeker, P. 1873. Description d'une espèce inédite de Heliases d'Amboine. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 4: 111–112
Bleeker, P. 1873. Description et figure d'une espèce insulindienne d'Orthagoriscus. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 7: 151–153
Bleeker, P. 1873. Faune ichthyologique de Chine. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 4: 113–154
Bleeker, P. 1873. Mededeelingen omtrent eene herziening der Indisch-Archipelagische soorten van Epinephelus, Lutjanus, Dentex en verwante geslachten. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2.2 7: 40–46
Bleeker, P. 1873. Révision des espèces de Dentex, Synagris, Gymnocranius, Gnathodentex et Pentapus de l'Inde archipélagique et du Japon. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen [Verh. Akad. Amsterdam] 13: 1–64
Bleeker, P. 1873. Révision des espèces indo-archipélagiques du genre Caesio et de quelques genres voisins. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 8: 155–182
Bleeker, P. 1873. Révision des espèces indo-archipélaqiques ges genres Plectorhynchus et Pristipoma. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 4: 273–317 [also published as separate, 1–45]
Bleeker, P. 1873. Révision des espèces insulindiennes du genre Therapon. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 4: 372-393
Bleeker, P. 1873. Sur les espèces indo-archipélagiques d'Odontanthias et de Pseudopriacanthus. Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde 4: 235–240
Bleeker, P. 1874. Esquisse d'un système naturel des gobioïdes. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 9: 289–331
Bleeker, P. 1874. Les espéces insulindiennes de la famille des Opisthognathoides. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 9: 466–476 pl 9
Bleeker, P. 1874. Notice sur les genres Amblyeleotris, Valenciennesia et Brachyeleotris. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 7: 372–376
Bleeker, P. 1874. Révision des espèces d'Ambassis et de Parambassis de l'Inde archipélagique. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Bataafsche Hollandsche Maatschappye der Wetenschappen te Haarlem 3 2(2): 83–106
Bleeker, P. 1874. Typi nonnulli generici piscum neglecti. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 8: 367–371
Bleeker, P. 1875. Recherches sur la Fauna de Madagascar et de ses Dépendances d'après les Découvertes de François P.L. Pollen et D.C. van Dam. Part 3 Poissons de Madagascar et de l'île de la Réunion. Leiden 89 pp. 33 pls. [1878]
Bleeker, P. 1875. Gobioideorum species insulindicae novae. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 10: 113–134
Bleeker, P. 1875. Poissons de Madagascar et de l'Île la Réunion des collections de MM. Pollen et van Dam. In, Recherches sur la fauna de Madagascar et de ses d'après les découvertes de François P.L. Pollen et D.C. van Dam. Leide. Poiss. Madagascar Part 4. 1–104 pp.
Bleeker, P. 1875. Sur le famille des pseudochromidoïdes et révision de ses espèces insulindiennes. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen [Verh. Akad. Amsterdam] 15: 1–32
Bleeker, P. 1875. Sur les espèces insulindiennes de la famille des cirrhitéoïdes. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen [Verh. Akad. Amsterdam] 15: 1–20
Bleeker, P. 1876. Description de quelques espèces insulindiennes inédites des genre Oxyurichthys, Paroxyurichthys et Cryptocentrus. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 9: 138–148
Bleeker, P. 1876. Genera familiae Scorpaenoideorum conspectus analyticus. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 9: 294–300
Bleeker, P. 1876. Notice sur les genres Gymnocaesio, Pterocaesio, Paracaesio et Liocaesio. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 9: 149–154
Bleeker, P. 1876. Notice sur les genres et les espèces des Chétodontoïdes de la sousfamille des Taurichthyiformes. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 10: 308–320
Bleeker, P. 1876. Systema Percarum revisum Pars I et II. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 11: 247–340
Bleeker, P. 1877. Description de quelques espéces inédites de Pomacentroïdes de l'Inde archipélagique. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 10: 384–391
Bleeker, P. 1877. Mémoire sur les Chromides marins ou Pomacentroïdes de l'Inde archipélagique. Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Bataafsche Hollandsche Maatschappye der Wetenschappen te Haarlem 3 2(6): 1–166
Bleeker, P. 1878. Quatrième mémoire sur la faune ichthyologique de la Nouvelle-Guinée. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 13: 35–66 pls 2–3
Bleeker, P. 1878. Quatrième mémoire sur la faune ichthyologique de la Nouvelle-Guinée. Archives Néerlandaises des Sciences Naturelles 13: 35–66
Bleeker, P. 1878. Révision des espèces insulindiennes du genre Uranoscopus L. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 13: 47–59
Bleeker, P. 1879. Révision des espèces insulindiennes de la famille des Callionymoides. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen (Afdeeling Natuurjunde). Amsterdam 2 14: 79–107
Bleeker, P. 1879. Énumération des espèces de poissons actuellement connues du Japon et description de trois espèces inédites. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen [Verh. Akad. Amsterdam] 18: 1–33 pls 1–3
Bleeker, P. in Steindachner, F. 1866. Zur Fischfauna von Port Jackson in Australien. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien 53(1): 424–480 figs 1–7
Bleistein, S., Horsup, A. & Ganslosser, U. 1994. Border conflicts among territorial rock wallabies (Petrogale assimilis). Aggressive Behavior 20: 325–333
Bliss, R. 1883. Descriptions of new species of Mauritian fishes. Transactions of the Royal Society of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius 13: 45–63 [not seen]
Bloch, M.E. 1785. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 1 136 pp. pls 109–144.
Bloch, M.E. 1786. Tabula Blochii Naturalem Historiam Piscum in Forma Minori Representans. Augsburg. [not seen]
Bloch, M.E. 1786. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 2 160 pp. pls 145–180.
Bloch, M.E. 1787. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 3 146 pp. pls 181–216.
Bloch, M.E. 1788. Ueber zwey merwürdige Fischarten (Notacanthus chemnitzii und Silurus militaris). Abhandlungen der Böhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften 3: 278–282 2 pls [not seen dated 1787 Eschmeyer, W.N. 1998. Catalog of Fishes. San Francisco : California Academy of Sciences pp. 3 vols 2905.]
Bloch, M.E. 1789. Charactere und Beschreibung des Geschlechts der Papageyfische Callyodon. Abhandlungen der Böhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften 4: 242–248
Bloch, M.E. 1790. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 4 128 pp. pls 217–252.
Bloch, M.E. 1791. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 5 152 pp. pls 253–288.
Bloch, M.E. 1792. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 6 126 pp. pls 289–323.
Bloch, M.E. 1793. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 7 144 pp. pls 324–360.
Bloch, M.E. 1794. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 8 174 pp. 361–396.
Bloch, M.E. 1795. Naturgeschichte der ausländischen Fische. Berlin : J. Morino Vol. 9 192 pp. pls 397–429.
Bloch, M.E. 1797. Ichthyologie, ou histoire naturelle, générale et particulière des poissons. Berlin Vol. 12 142 pp. pls 397–432.
Bloch, M.E. & Schneider, J.G. 1801. Systema Ichthyologiae Iconibus ex Illustratum. Berlin 584 pp. 110 pls.
Block, B.A. & Stevens, E.D. (eds) 2001. Tuna: Physiology, Ecology, and Evolution. Fish Physiology. London : Academic Press Vol. 19 pp. 468.
Blum, S.D. 1989. Biogeography of the Chaetodontidae, an analysis of allopatry among closely related species. Environmental Biology of Fishes 25(1): 9–31
Blumenbach, J.F. 1800. 41. Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. Das Schnabelthier. Abbildungen naturhistorischer Gegenstände. Blumenbach, J.F. (ed.) 5tes heft. Göttingen : J.C. Dieterich.
Blumenbach, J.F. 1800. Physiolog. Bemerkungen über den. Ornithorhynchus paradox. Götting. Anz. Gel. Sach. 62 Stück. Den 19 April 1800. 609–612 pp.
Blumenbach, J.F. 1800. Über das Schnabelthier (Ornithorhynchus paradoxus) ein neuentdecktes Geschlecht von Säugthieren des fünften Welttheils. Magazin für den Neuesten Zustand der Naturkunde 2: 205–214
Blyth, E. 1840. Mammalia, Birds and Reptiles. pp. 38–288. Cuvier's Animal Kingdom, arranged according to its organization; forming the basis for a natural history of animals, and an introduction to comparative anatomy. vii 670 pp.
Blyth, E. 1840. The first Class of Vertebrate Animals—Mammalia. pp. 38–52 in Blyth, E., Mudie, R., Johnston, G. & Westwood, J.O. Cuvier's Animal Kingdom, arranged according to its organization; forming the basis for a natural history of animals, and an introduction to comparative anatomy. London : W.S. Orr pp. vii 670.
Blyth, E. 1842. Notes on various Indian and Malayan birds, with Descriptions of some presumed new Species. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 11: 195
Blyth, E. 1843. [Title not located]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 12
Blyth, E. 1844. Appendix to Mr. Blyth's Report for December Meeting, 1842. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 13(1): 361-395
Blyth, E. 1846. [Title unknown]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 15
Blyth, E. 1847. Notices and Descriptions of various New or Little Known Species of Birds. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 16(1): 117-157
Blyth, E. 1848. [Details not found]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal xvii(1)
Blyth, E. 1849. Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum, Asiatic Society. Calcutta : Asiatic Society of Bengal xxxiv 403 pp.
Blyth, E. 1851. Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burmah, & c. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 19: 501–517 [publication dated as 1850]
Blyth, E. 1856. Note. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 25: 447
Blyth, E. 1859. [Title unknown]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 27: 276
Blyth, E. 1859. [title]. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 28
Blyth, E. 1860. Report of Curator, Zoological Department. Bulletin du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle du Belgique 29: 107–111
Blyth, E. 1860. Report on some fishes received chiefly from the Sitang River and its tributary streams. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 29: 138–174 [not seen]
Blyth, E. 1864. Report of the Curator, Zoological Department. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal NS 32(4): 451-461
Blyth, E. 1866. The Ornithology of India. A Commentary on Dr. Jerdon's 'Birds of India'. Ibis 2 2(8): 336-376
Blyth, E. 1870. Notes relating chiefly to the birds of India. Ibis 2 6: 157-176
Blyth, E. 1878. Hydrosaurus ocellarius, In Theobald, W. Bulletin du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle du Belgique 47(extra number): 21
Bocage, J.V.B. 1866. Lista dos reptis possessoes Portuguezas d'Africa occidental que existem no Museu de Lisboa. Jorn. Sci. Math. Lisboa 1: 37–56
Bocage, J.V.B. 1873. Mélanges erpétologiques. III. Sur quelques sauriens nouveaux de la Nouvelle Calédonie et de l'Australie. Jornal de Sciences Naturais, Lisboa 14: 228–232
Bocage, J.V.B. du & Capello, F. de B. 1864. Sur quelques espèces inédites de Squalidae de la tribu Acanthiana Gray, qui fréquentent les côtes du Portugal. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 260–263 figs 1–5
Bock, W.J. 1962. The pneumatic fossa of the humerus in the Passeres. Auk 79: 425-443
Bock, W.J. 1963. Relationships between the birds of paradise and the bower-birds. Condor 65: 95-125
Bock, W.J. 1985. The skeletomuscular system of the feeding apparatus of the Noisy Scrub-bird, Atrichornis clamosus (Passeriformes: Atrichornithidae). Records of the Australian Museum 37: 193–210
Bock, W.J. 1986. Species concepts, speciation and macroevolution. pp. 31–57 in Iwatsuki, K., Raven, P.H. & Bock, W.J. (eds). Modern Aspects of Species. Tokyo : University of Tokyo Press.
Bock, W.J. 1994. History and nomenclature of avian family-group names. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 222: 1–281
Bock, W.J. & McEvey, A. 1969. The radius and relationship of owls. Wilson Bulletin 81: 55–68
Bock, W.J. & Morony, J.J. 1978. Relationships of the passerine finches (Passeriformes: Passeridae). Bonner Zoologische Beiträge 29: 122-147
Bocourt, F. 1868. Description de quelques Chélonians nouveaux appartenant à la faune Mexicaine. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 5 10: 121–122
Boddaert, P. 1772. Epistola ad Virum celeberrimum Hier. Dav. Gaubium, de Chaetodonte diacantho, Descripto atque accuratissima icone Illustrata. Amstelodami : M. Magérum 43 pp. 2 pls. [text in Dutch and Latin]
Boddaert, P. 1781. Beschreibung zweier merkwürdiger Fische (Sparus palpebratus und Muraena colubrina). Neue Nordische Beiträge (Pallas) 1781: 55–57 pl. 2 [not seen]
Boddaert, P. 1783. Table des Planches Enluminéez d'Histoire Naturelle, de M. d'Aubenton. Avec les denominations de M.M. de Buffon, Brisson, Edwards, Linnaeus et Latham, precédé d'une Notice des Principaux Ouvrages Zoologiques enluminées. Utrecht : Boddaert xv 58 + 9 pp. [published Dec. 1783 International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature 1985. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Third edition adopted by the XX General Assembly of the International Union of Biological Sciences. London : International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature xx 338 pp. [Art. 3]]
Boddaert, P. 1785. Elenchus Animalium. Vol. I. Sistens Quadrupedia eorumque varietates. Rotterdam : C.R. Hake.
Boehm, E.F. 1939. The Fork-tailed Swift (Micropus pacificus Latham, 1801): with special reference to its occurrence in South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 15: 54–58
Boehm, E.F. 1959. Parrots and cockatoos of the Mount Mary Plains, South Australia. The Emu 59: 83–87
Boehm, E.F. 1960. Little Corella in southern South Australia. The Emu 60: 67–68 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]
Boehm, E.F. 1961. Indian Turtle-dove extends in range in South Australia. The Emu 61: 55
Boehm, E.F. 1961. Pink Cockatoo in southern South Australia. The Emu 61: 138–139 [July, 1830, publication dated as 1831]
Boehm, E.F. 1961. Some habits of the Fork-tailed Swift. The Emu 61: 281–282
Boeseman, M. 1947. Revision of the fishes collected by Burger and van Siebold in Japan. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 28: 1–242 pls 1–5
Boeseman, M. 1962. Triodon macropterus versus Triodon bursarius; an attempt to establish the correct name and authorship. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 38(4): 77–85
Boeseman, M. 1964. Notes on the fishes of western New Guinea II. Lophichthys boschmai, a new genus and species from the Arafoera Sea. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 39: 12–18 pls 1–2
Boettger, O. 1878. Studien über neue oder wenig bekannte Eidechsen. I. Offenbacher Verein für Naturkunde, Berlin 17–18: 1–12
Boettger, O. 1888. Las tortugas Chilenas. Anales de la Universidad de Chile 104: 725–736
Boettger, O. 1892. Katalog der Batrachier-Sammlung im Museum der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Frankfurt-am-Main. Frankfurt-am-Main : Knauer pp. x 73.
Boettger, O. 1893. Katalog der Reptilien-Sammlung im Museum der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Frankfurt-am-Main. I. Teil (Rhynchocephalen, Schildkröten, Krokodile, Eidechsen, Chamäleons). Frankfurt-am-Main : Knauer pp. x 140.
Boettger, O. 1894. Lurche (Batrachia). pp. 107–114 in Semon, R. (ed.). Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel. Jena : Gustav Fischer Vol. 5.
Boettger, O. 1895. Liste der Reptilien und Batrachier der Insel Halmaheira nach den Sammlunge Prof. Dr. W. Kukenthal's. Zoologischer Anzeiger 18(472): 129–140
Boetticher, H. von 1936. Rolliers et Eurystomes. Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 6: 422–434
Boetticher, H. von 1943. Gedanken über die systematische Stellung einiger Papageien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 143: 191–200
Boetticher, H. von 1951. La systématique des guêpiers. Oiseau Revue Français d'Ornithologie 21: 194–199
Boetticher, H. von 1954. Die Taubengattung Columba L. Zoologischer Anzeiger 153: 49–64
Boetticher, H. von 1959. Papageien. Wittenberg, Lutherstadt : A. Ziemsen (Die Neue Brehm-Bücherei) 228 116 pp.
Bogdanov, M. 1879. [Transactions of the Natural History Society in Connection with the Imperial Kazan University]. [The Birds of the Caucasus]. Vol. 8(4). [in Russian]
Bogert, C. 1937. Birds collected during the Whitney South Sea Expedition. XXXIV The distribution and the migration of the Long-tailed Cuckoo (Urodynamis taitensis Sparrman). American Museum Novitates 933: 1–12
Boghdanov, M. 1884. Conspectus Avium Imperii Rossici. St.-Pétersbourg : Commissionaires de l'Académie Impériale des Sciences Fasc. 1 122 pp.
Boie 1826. In, Férussac, J.B.L.A. Bull. Sci., 9: 238.
Boie, F. 1827. Bemerkungen über Merrem's Versuch eines Systems der Amphibien. Isis von Oken, Jena 20: 508–566
Boie, F. 1830. Naturgeschichtliche Beyträge vermischten Inhalts. II. Leuconoe Boie, eine neue Fledermausgattung. Isis 1830: cols 256–257
Boie, F. 1844. Auszüge aus dem "System der Ornithologie". Isis Oken 1844(III): col. 164–198
Boie, J.F. 1822. [not located]. Isis x
Boie, J.F. 1822. [title not located]. Isis von Oken, Jena 5
Boie, J.F. 1826. Generalüebersicht der ornithologischen Ordnungen, Familien und Gattungen. Isis von Oken, Jena 19(10): 969-982
Boie, J.F. 1832. [Title not located]. N. Staatsburg. Mag. (Schleswik) 1(2)
Boie, J.F. 1844. [Title not located]. Isis von Oken, Jena 1844
Boitard, [P.] 1841. Le Jardin des Plantes description et moeurs des mammifères de la ménagerie et du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle précédé d'une introduction historique, descriptive et pittoresque par M.J. Janin. Paris : J.J. Dubochet et Ce lxvi pp. lxvi 472. [dated 1842 = August 1841; publication date established from Sherborn, C.D. 1922. Index Animalium sive index nominum quae ab A.D. MDCCLVIII generibus et speciebus animalium imposita sunt. Sectio secunda a kalendis Ianuariis, MDCCCI usque ad finem Decembris, MDCCCL. Part 1. Introduction, bibliography and index A-Aff. 1801–1850. London : British Museum cxxxi 128 pp. [xxvi]]
Boles, W.E. 1983. A taxonomic revision of the Brown Thornbill Acanthiza pusilla (Shaw) with the description of a new subspecies. The Emu 83(2): 51-55
Boles, W.E. 1988. Comments on the subspecies of Australian native and introduced finches. The Emu 88(1): 20-24
Boles, W.E. 1988. The Robins and Flycatchers of Australia. Sydney : Angus and Robertson.
Boles, W.E. 1989. Correct authorship of Pomatostomidae. Auk 106(2): 341
Boles, W.E. 1993. A Logrunner Orthonyx (Passeriformes: Orthonychidae) from the Miocene of Riversleigh, north-western Queensland. The Emu 93: 44–49
Boles, W.E. 1993. A new cockatoo (Psittaciformes: Cacatuidae) from the Tertiary of Riversleigh, northwestern Queensland, and an evaluation of rostral characters in the systematics of parrots. Ibis 135: 8–18
Boles, W.E. & Barry, D.H. 1975. Glossy Swiftlet at Eungella National Park, Qld. Sunbird 6: 97–98
Boles, W.E. & Longmore, N.W. 1983. A new subspecies of treecreeper in the Climacteris leucophaea superspecies. The Emu 83: 272-275
Bolin, R.L. 1939. A review of the myctophid fishes of the Pacific Coast of the United States and of lower California. Stanford Ichthyological Bulletin 1(4): 89–156 figs 1–29
Bolin, R.L. 1952. Description of a new genus and species of cottid fish from the Tasman sea, with a discussion of its derivation, from the Danish Galathea Expedition 1950–52. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening 114: 431–441 figs 1–2
Bolin, R.L. 1959. Iniomi Myctophidae from the Michael Sars North Atlantic deep sea expedition 1910. Report on the Scientific Results of the Michael Sars North Atlantic Deep Sea Expedition 4(2): 1–45 figs 1–7
Bolin, R.L. & Wisner, R.L. in Bolin, R.L. 1959. Iniomi Myctophidae from the Michael Sars North Atlantic deep sea expedition 1910. Report on the Scientific Results of the Michael Sars North Atlantic Deep Sea Expedition 4(2): 1–45 figs 1–7
Bolin, R.L. in Andriashev, A.P. 1962. Bathypelagic fishes of the Antarctic. 1. Family Myctophidae. Akademii Nauk SSSR, Issledovaniya Fauny Morei 1(9): 216–294 figs 1–36 [in Russian; Bur. Comm. Fish. Ichthyol. Lab. Transl. 29]
Bolton, B.L. & Latz, P.K. 1978. The western hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus (Gould) (Macropodidae), in the Tanami Desert. Australian Wildlife Research 5: 285–293
Bolton, B.L., Newsome, A.E. & Merchant, J.C. 1982. Reproduction in the agile wallaby Macropus agilis (Gould) in the tropical lowlands of the Northern Territory: opportunism in a seasonal environment. Australian Journal of Ecology 7: 261–277
Bolton, B.L., Newsome, A.E. & Merchant, J.C. 1985. Reproduction in the agile wallaby: opportunistic breeding in a seasonal environment. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 73–79
Bomford, M. 1987. Food and reproduction of wild house mice I. Diet and breeding seasons in various habitats on irrigated cereal farms in New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 183–196
Bomford, M. 1987. Food and reproduction of wild house mice II. A field experiment to examine the effect of food availability and food quality on breeding in spring. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 197–206
Bomford, M. 1987. Food and reproduction of wild house mice III. Experiments on the breeding performance of caged house mice fed rice based diets. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 207–218
Bomford, M. & Redhead, T. 1987. A field experiment to examine the effects of food quality and population density on reproduction of wild house mice. Oikos 48: 304–311
Bonaparte, C.L. 1836. Cheloniorum Tabula Analytica. Rome. 9 pp.
Bonaparte, C.L. 1837. Iconografia della Fauna Italica per le quattro classi degli animali vertebrati. Tomo 1 Mammiferi e Uccelli. Fasc. XXI (1832–1841). Roma : Tipografia Salviucci. [publication date established from Salvadori, T. 1888. Le date della pubblicazione della 'Iconografia della Fauna Italicien' del Bonaparte ed Indice delle species illustrata in detta opera. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della Reale Università di Torino 3(48): 1–25 [9]; first page (unnumbered) of text entitled Vespertilio ursinii]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1841. Iconografia della Fauna Italica per le quattro classi degli animali vertebrati. Tomo 1 (1832–1841) Mammiferi e Uccelli. Roma : Tipografia Salviucci. [publication date established from Salvadori, T. 1888. Le date della pubblicazione della 'Iconografia della Fauna Italicien' del Bonaparte ed Indice delle species illustrata in detta opera. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della Reale Università di Torino 3(48): 1–25 [14–15]; 3rd page, unnumbered]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1850. Conspectus Generum Avium. Tom. I. Lugduni, Batavorum : E.J. Brill 543 pp. [published June]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1850. Nouvelles espèces ornithologiques. Première partie: Perroquets. Lugduni. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 30: 131–139 [published Feb.]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1853. Classification ornithologique par series. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles
Bonaparte, C.L. 1853. Notes ornithologique sur les collections rapportées en 1853, par, M.A. Delattre, et classification parallélique des Passereaux chanteurs. Ces Notes, qui ont ete lues et inserées par extrait les Comptes Rendus de l'Academie, offrent dans cette nouvelle publication plusiers additions à ce qui avait ete précédemment communique. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 37: 827-835
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus Volucrum Anisodactylorum. Ateneo Italiano 2(11): 311–321
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus Volucrum Anisodactylorum. Ateneo Italiano 2(11): 311-321
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus Volucrum Zygodactylorum. Ateneo Italiano 2: 116–129
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Conspectus systematis ornithologiae. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 38
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 39: 1072–1078 [Publication date established from Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 39: 1102–1112
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 39: 869–880
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Notes ornithologiques sur les collections rapportées en 1853, par M.A. Delattre, de son voyage en Californie et dans le Nicaragua [et classification parallélique des passereaux chanteurs]. Paris : Mallet-Bachelier Vol. 37.
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Tableau des oiseaux de proie. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 6: 530–544
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. Tableau des perroquets. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2 6: 145–158
Bonaparte, C.L. 1854. [Title not located]. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie 4 1(2)
Bonaparte, C.L. 1855. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 40: 15–24 [published 3 Jan.]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1855. Coup d'oeil sur l'ordre des pigeons. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 40: 205–221 [published 29 Jan.]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1856. Beilage Nr .1. Tabellarische Uebersicht der Papageien. Naumannia 1856: Beilage 1a
Bonaparte, C.L. 1856. Excursions dans les divers Musees d'Allemagne, de Hollande et de Belgique, et Tableaux paralleliques de l'orde des Palmipedes. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 43: 410-421
Bonaparte, C.L. 1857. Conspectus Generum Avium. Lugduni, Batavorum : E.J. Brill Tom. II 232 pp. [published 1855]
Bonaparte, C.L. 1857. Remarques à propos des observations de M. Émile Blanchard sur les caractères ostéologiques chez les oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides, et Tableau des genres de Perroquets disposés en séries parallèles. Paris : C.L. Bonaparte 9 pp.
Bonaparte, C.L. 1857. Remarques à propos des observations de M. Émile Blanchard sur les caractères ostéologiques chez les oiseaux de la famille des Psittacides, et Tableau des genres de Perroquets disposés en séries parallèles. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 44: 534–539
Bonaparte, C.L. In, Parzudaki, É. 1856. Catalogue des oiseaux d'Europe offerts en 1856 aux ornithologistes. Paris : É. Parzudaki 25 pp.
Bonaparte, C.L.J.L 1830. Osservazioni sulla seconda edizione del Regno Animale del Barone Cuvier. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Bologna 4: 303-464
Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1831. Saggio d'una distribuzione metodica degli animali Vertebrati, a sangue freddo. Giornale Arcadico de Scienze Roma 52(4): 129-209
Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1838. A Geographical and Comparative List of the Birds of Europe and North America. London : John Van Voorst pp. vii + 67.
Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1854. [Title unknown]. Naumannia
Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1856. [Title]. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles xliii
Bonaparte, C.L.J.L. 1857. [title]. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris)
Bonaparte, C.L.P. 1832. Iconografia della Fauna Italica, per le quattro Classi degli Animali Vertebrati. Pesci. Vol. 3 30 fasc. Roma : Salviucci 78 pls. [not seen, 1832-4]
Bonaparte, C.L.P. 1834. Iconografia della Fauna Italica, per le quattro Classi degli Animali Vertebrati. Pesci. Vol. 3 Fasc. 7. Roma : Salviucci pp. 35–39 pls. [not seen]
Bonaparte, C.L.P. 1840. Iconografia della Fauna Italica, per le quattro Classi degli Animali Vertebrati. Pesci. Vol 3 Fasc. 27–29. Roma : Salviucci pp. 135–154 18 pls. [not seen for publication date Salvatori, T. 1888. Le date della publicazione della "Iconographia della Fauna Italica" del Bonaparte ed Indice delle specie illustrate in detta opera. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della Reale Università di Torino 3(48): 1–25 [13]]
Bonaparte, L.C. 1826. Further Additions to the Ornithology of the United States; and Observations on the Nomenclature of Certain Species. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History New York 2: 154 -161
Bond, C.E. & Uyeno, T. 1981. Remarkable changes in the vertebrae of perciform fish Scombrolabrax with notes on its anatomy and systematics. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 28(3): 259–262
Bonde, C. von 1922. The Heterosomata (flat fishes) collected by the S.S. 'Pickle'. Report. Fisheries & Marine Biological Survey, Union of South Africa 2(1): 1–29
Bonelli, F.A. 1820. Description d'une nouvelle espèce de poisson de la Méditerranée appartenant au genre Trachyptère (T. cristatus) avec des observations sur les caractères de ce même genre. Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences, Turin 24: 485–494
Bonnaterre, (l'Abbé) 1791. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Règnes de la Nature. Ornithologie. Paris : Agasse Vol. 1.
Bonnaterre, J.P. 1788. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des trois Règnes de la Nature. Ichthyologie. Paris. pp. 1–215, 102 pls
Bonnaterre, J.P. 1788. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des trois Règnes de la Nature. Ichthyologie. Paris. pp. 1–215, 102 pls
Bonnaterre, l'Abbé 1789. Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des trois règnes de la nature. Erpétologie. Paris : Panckoucke xxviii 70 pp.
Bonner, W.N. 1981. Southern fur seals Arctocephalus (Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire and Cuvier, 1826). pp. 161–208 in Ridgway, S.H. & Harrison, R.J. (eds). Handbook of Marine Mammals. The Walrus, Sea Lions, Fur Seals and Sea Otter. London : Academic Press Vol. 1.
Boonstra, R. & Redhead, T.D. 1994. Population dynamics of an outbreak population of house mice (Mus domesticus) in the irrigated rice-growing area of Australia. Wildlife Research 21: 583–598
Boontheung, P., Gao, Ch.-W.. Brinkworth, C.S., Bowie, J.H. & Tyler, M.J. 2006. Is the Australian Striped Burrowing Frog Litoria alboguttata a member of Litoria or Cyclorana? A profiling study using skin peptides as a probe. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 130(1): 1-9
Borden, W.C. 1998. Phylogeny of the unicornfishes (Naso, Acanthuridae) based on soft anatomy. Copeia 1998(1): 104-113
Borden, W.C. 1999. Comparative myology of the unicornfishes, Naso (Acanthuridae, Percomorpha), with implications for phylogenetic analysis. Journal of Morphology 239: 191-224
Borkhausen, M.B. 1797. Deutsche Fauna, oder kurzgefasste Naturgeschichte der Thiere Deutschlands. Erster Theil. Saügthiere und Vögel. Frankfurtpp. xxiv + 620.
Borkhausen, M.B. 1797. Deutsche Fauna, oder kurzgefasste Naturgeschichte der Thiere Deutschlands. Erster Theil. Säugthiere und Vögel. Frankfurt am. Mayn : Varrentr & Wenner pp. xxiv 620.
Borodin, N.A. 1928. Scientific results of the yacht Ara expedition during the years 1926 to 1928, while in command of William K. Vanderbilt. Fishes. Bulletin of the Vanderbilt Oceanographic Museum 1(1): 1–37 pls 1–5
Borodin, N.A. 1929. Some new deep sea fishes. Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club 10: 109–111
Borodin, N.A. 1932. Scientific results of the yacht Alva world cruise, July 1931 to March 1932 in command of William K. Vanderbilt. Bulletin of the Vanderbilt Marine Museum 1(3): 65–101 pls 1–2
Borodin, N.A. 1933. A new Australian fish. Copeia 1933(3): 141–143
Borodulina, O.D. 1977. A new species of hatchetfish, Sternoptyx pseudodiaphana (Sternoptychidae, Osteichthyes) from the waters of the southern hemisphere. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 17(5): 938–941 figs 1–2 [in Russian; English translation J. Ichthyol. 17(5): 791–794 figs 1–2]
Borodulina, O.D. 1978. Materials on the systematics and distribution of the oceanic hatchet-fishes genera Argyropelecus and Sternoptyx (Sternoptychidae, Osteichthyes). Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 111: 28–60 figs 1–16 [in Russian]
Borodulina, O.D. 1979. Composition of the "Polyipnus spinosus species complex" (Sternoptychidae, Osteichthyes) with a description of three new species of this group. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 19(2): 198–208 figs 1–5 [in Russian; English translation J. Ichthyol. 19(2): 1–10 figs 1–5]
Borowski, G.H. 1781. Gemeinnüzzige Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, darinnen die merkwurdigsten und nützlichsten Thiere in systemat..... Berlin & Stralsund : Lange Vol. 2.
Borsboom, A. 1982. Agonistic interactions between bats and arboreal marsupials. Australian Mammology 5: 281–282
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1822. Dictionnarie Classique d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Rey et Gravier Vol. 2 pp. 621. [articles on fishes]
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1823. Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Rey et Gravier Vol. 3 592 pp. [articles on fishes]
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1823. Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Rey et Gravier Vol. 4 628 pp. [articles on fishes]
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1825. p. 183 in, Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Rey et Gravier Vol. 7.
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1831. Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris : Rey et Gravier Vol. 17 141 pp. 160 pls. [articles on fishes]
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1831. Dictionnaire Classique d'Histoire Naturelle. Atlas. Phyllurus milii, Phyllurus cuvieri. Paris : Rey Clap et Gravier.
Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. 1833. Expédition scientifique en Morée, entérise et publée par ordre du gouvernement français. Travaux de la section des sciences physiques, sous la direction de M. le colonel Bory de Saint-Vincent. Paris : P. Bertrand Vol. 3(1) pp. 209.
Bosc, L.A.G. 1817. Poissons. In, Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle. Appliquée aux arts à l'Agriculture, à l'Economie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Paris : Deterville Vol. 7 586 pp.
Bosc, L.A.G. 1818. Poissons. (Miscellaneous). In, Nouveau Dictionnaire d'Histoire Naturelle. Appliquée aux arts, à l'Agriculture, à l'Economie rurale et domestique, à la Médecine, etc. Paris : Deterville Vol. 27 586 pp. 4 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Gradentia s. Caudata in the collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum pp. xvi + 503.
Boulenger, G.A. 1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Gradientia s. Caudata and Batrachia Apoda in the collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum pp. viii 127.
Boulenger, G.A. 1882. Catalogue of the Chelonians, Rhynchocephalians, and Crocodiles in the British Museum (Natural History). London : British Museum pp. x 311.
Boulenger, G.A. 1883. Remarks on the lizards of the genus Lophognathus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 12: 225–226
Boulenger, G.A. 1885. Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural History). 1. London : British Museum xii 436 pp. 32 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1885. Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural History). 2. London : British Museum xiii 497 pp. 24 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1885. Descriptions of three new species of geckos. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 16: 473–475
Boulenger, G.A. 1885. Remarks on Mr. C.W. De Vis's recent contributions to the herpetology of Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 16: 386–387
Boulenger, G.A. 1886. Description of the new gecko of the genus Nephrurus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 18: 91
Boulenger, G.A. 1887. An account of the scincoid lizards collected in Burma, for the Genoa Civic Museum, by Mrs G.B. Comotti and L. Sea. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale "Giacomo Doria" 2 4: 618–624
Boulenger, G.A. 1887. Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum (Natural History). 3. London : British Museum xii 575 pp. 40 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1887. Reptiles. In Günther, A. Report on a zoological collection made by the officers of H.M.S. Flying Fish at Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1887: 516–517. 516–517 pp.
Boulenger, G.A. 1888. Descriptions of two new Australian frogs. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 2: 142–143
Boulenger, G.A. 1888. On the Chelydoid Chelonians of New Guinea. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 2 6: 449–452
Boulenger, G.A. 1889. Description of new Typhlopidae in the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 4: 360–363
Boulenger, G.A. 1889. On the reptiles of Christmas Island. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1888: 534–536
Boulenger, G.A. 1889. Second account of the fishes obtained by Surgeon Major A.S.G. Jayakar at Muscat, east coast of Arabia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1889(2): 236–246 pls 25–28
Boulenger, G.A. 1890. Description of a new genus of cystignathoid frogs from New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 5: 593–594
Boulenger, G.A. 1890. The Fauna of British India; including Ceylon and Burma. Reptilia and Batrachia. London : Taylor & Francis pp. xviii 541.
Boulenger, G.A. 1891. Description of a new scincoid lizard from north Western Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 8: 405
Boulenger, G.A. 1893. Description of a new tree frog from New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 7: 403
Boulenger, G.A. 1894. Catalogue of Snakes in the British Museum (Natural History). 2. London : British Museum xi 382 pp. 20 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1895. A new Typhlops previously confounded with Typhlops unguirostris. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 9: 718–719
Boulenger, G.A. 1895. Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. Catalogue of the perciform fishes. London : British Museum Vol. 1 394 pp. 15 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1895. Descriptions of two new reptiles obtained by Mr A.S. Meek in the Trobriand Islands, British New Guinea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 14: 408–409
Boulenger, G.A. 1895. On a collection of reptiles and batrachians from Ferguson Island, D'Entrecasteaux group British New Guinea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 16: 28–32
Boulenger, G.A. 1896. Erratum (Annals, Sept. 1896, p. 233) for Lygosoma ocellatum read Lygosoma ocelliferum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 18: 342
Boulenger, G.A. 1896. Catalogue of Snakes in the British Museum (Natural History). 3. London : British Museum xiv 727 pp. 25 pls.
Boulenger, G.A. 1896. Description of four new lizards from Roebuck Bay, north Western Australia obtained by Dr. Dahl, for the Christiania Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 18: 232–235
Boulenger, G.A. 1896. Descriptions of a new snake and a new frog from north Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1895: 867
Boulenger, G.A. 1897. Reptilia and Batrachia. Geckonidae. Zoological Records 33: 19–20
Boulenger, G.A. 1898. Description of a new death adder (Acanthophis) from central Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 2: 75
Boulenger, G.A. 1898. Description of two new snakes from Queensland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 2: 414
Boulenger, G.A. 1898. Third report on additions to the collection of lizards in the British Museum. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1898: 912–923
Boulenger, G.A. 1899. A revision of the African and Syrian fishes of the family Cichlidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1899: 98–143
Boulenger, G.A. 1901. On some deep-sea fishes collected by Mr. F.W. Townsend in the sea of Oman. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 7: 261–263
Boulenger, G.A. 1902. Description of a new snake of the genus. Pseudechis from Queensland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 10: 494–495
Boulenger, G.A. 1902. Description of new deep-sea gadid fish from South Africa. (Tripterophysis gilchristi n. g. et sp.). Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 9(55): 335–336 1 fig.
Boulenger, G.A. 1902. Notes on the classification of teleostean fishes. 2. On the Berycidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 9(33): 197–204
Boulenger, G.A. 1904. Description of a new lizard from Western Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 14: 414–415
Boulenger, G.A. 1906. Description of a new lizard and a new snake from Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 18: 440–441
Boulenger, G.A. 1908. Description of a new Elapine snake from Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 1: 333–334
Boulenger, G.A. 1912. On some tree frogs allied to Hyla caerulea, with remarks on noteworthy secondary sexual characteristics in the family Hylidae. Zoologische Jahrbücher 15 1: 211–218
Boulenger, G.A. 1913. Description of new lizards in the collection of the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 12: 563–566
Boulenger, G.A. 1914. Descriptions of new species of snakes in the collection of the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 14: 482–485
Boulenger, G.A. 1915. Descriptions of two new lizards from Australia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 16: 64–66
Bourchier, M.J.B. 1978. A Victorian record of the Forest Kingfisher. Australian Bird Watcher 7: 160–161
Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, A. 1838. Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets, troisième volume (Supplémentaire), pour faire suite aux deux volumes de Levaillant, contenant les espèces laissées inédites par cet auteur ou récemment découvertes. Paris : F.G. Levrault xl 110 pp. 111 pls. [publication dated as 1837–1838]
Bourke, P.A. 1951. Nesting notes of the Red-backed Parrot. The Emu 51: 31–32
Bourke, P.A. 1960. The Purple-crowned Lorikeet in New South Wales. The Emu 60: 134
Bourke, P.A. & Austin, A.F. 1947. Notes on the Red-browed Lorilet. The Emu 46: 286–294
Bourne, A.R. 1981. Progesterone-like activity in the plasma of the viviparous skink Trachydosaurus rugosus (stump-tailed lizard). pp. 14–16 in Banks, C.B. & Martin, A.A. (eds). Proceedings of the Melbourne Herpetological Symposium. Melbourne : Zoological Board of Victoria.
Bourne, A.R. & Seamark, R.F. 1978. Seasonal variation in steroid biosynthesis by the testis of the lizard Tiliqua rugosa. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 59B: 363–367
Bowen, M. & Goldingay, R.L. 2000. Distribution and status of the eastern pygmy possum (Cercartetus nanus) in New South Wales. Australian Mammology 21: 153-164
Bowen, Z. & Read, J.L. 1998. Population and demographic pattern of rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus) at Roxbury Downs in arid South Australia and the influence of rabbit haemorrhagic disease. Wildlife Research 25: 655–662
Bowman, D.M.J.S. & McDonough, L. 1993. Feral pig (Sus scrofa) rooting in a monsoon forest - wetland transition, northern Australia. Wildlife Research 18: 761–765
Braby, M.F. & Rantzan, C. 1988. Observations on feeding flocks of the Red-rumped Parrot Psephotus haematonotus in parklands near Melbourne, Victoria. Australian Bird Watcher 12: 150–153
Bradbury, M.G. 1967. The genera of batfishes (family Ogcocephalidae). Copeia 1967(2): 399–422 figs 1–9
Bradbury, M.G. 1999. A review of the fish genus Dibranchus with descriptions of new species and a new genus Solocisquama (Lophiiformes, Ogcocephalidae). Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 51(5): 259-310
Bradbury, M.G. 1999. Family Ogcocephalidae. pp. 2023-2025 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.
Bradley, A.J. 1987. Stress and mortality in the red-tailed phascogale, Phascogale calura (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). General and Comparative Endocrinology 67: 85–100
Bradley, A.J. 1990. Seasonal effects on the haematology and blood chemistry in the red-tailed phascogale, Phascogale calura (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 533–543
Bradley, A.J. 1995. Red-tailed Phascogale Phascogale calura. pp. 102–103 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bradley, A.J. 1997. Reproduction and life history in the red-tailed phascogale, Phascogale calura (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae): The adaptive-stress senescence hypothesis. Journal of Zoology, London 241: 739–755
Bradley, A.J. & Monamy, V. 1991. A physiological profile of male Dusky Antechinuses, Antechinus swainsonii (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae) surviving post-mating mortality. Australian Mammology 14: 25–27
Bradley, A.J. & Stoddart, D.M. 1993. The dorsal paracloacal gland and its relationship with seasonal changes in cutaneous scent gland morphology and plasma androgen in the marsupial sugar glider (Petaurus breviceps: Marsupialia: Petauridae). Journal of Zoology, London 229: 331–346
Bradley, A.J., Kemper, C.M., Kitchener, D.J., Humphreys, W.F., How, R.A. & Schmitt, L.H. 1988. Population ecology and physiology of the common rock rat, Zyzomys argurus (Rodentia, Muridae) in tropical northwestern Australia. Journal of Mammalogy 69: 749–764
Bradley, A.J., McDonald, I.R. & Lee, A.K. 1980. Stress and mortality in a small marsupial (Antechinus stuartii Macleay). General and Comparative Endocrinology 40: 188–200
Bradshaw, S.D. 1970. Seasonal changes in the water and electrolyte metabolism of Amphibolurus lizards in the field. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 36: 689–718 [Sherborn, C.D. 1925. Index Animalium. London : British Museum Vol. 2 1773–2880 pp.]
Bradshaw, S.D. 1971. Growth and mortality in a field population of Amphibolurus lizards exposed to seasonal cold and aridity. Journal of Zoology, London 165: 1–25
Bradshaw, S.D. 1975. Osmoregulation and pituitary-adrenal function in desert reptiles. General and Comparative Endocrinology 25: 230–248
Bradshaw, S.D. 1981. Ecophysiology of Australian desert lizards: studies on the genus Amphibolurus. pp. 1393–1434 in Keast, A. (ed.). Ecological Biogeography of Australia. The Hague : Junk.
Bradshaw, S.D. 1983. Recent endocrinological research on the Rottnest Island quokka (Setonix brachyurus). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 66: 55–61
Bradshaw, S.D. & Main, A.R. 1968. Behavioural attitudes and regulation of temperature in Amphibolurus lizards. Journal of Zoology, London 154: 193–221
Bradshaw, S.D. & Shoemaker, V.H. 1967. Aspects of water and electrolyte changes in a field population of Amphibolurus lizards. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 20: 855–865
Bradshaw, S.D., Gans, C. & Saint Girons, H. 1980. Behavioural thermoregulation in a pygopodid lizard, Lialis burtonis. Copeia 1980: 738–743
Bradshaw, S.D., Morris, K.D., Dickman, C.R., Withers, P.C. & Murphey, D. 1994. Field metabolism and turnover in the golden bandicoot (Isoodon auratus) and other small mammals from Barrow Island, Western Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 29–41
Braithwaite, L.W., Binns, D.L. & Nowlan, R.D. 1988. The distribution of arboreal marsupials in relation to eucalypt forest types in the Eden (NSW) Woodchip Concession Area. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 363–373
Braithwaite, R.W. 1974. Behavioural changes associated with the population cycle of Antechinus stuartii (Marsupialia). Australian Journal of Zoology 22: 45–62
Braithwaite, R.W. 1980. The ecology of Rattus lutreolus II. Reproductive tactics. Australian Wildlife Research 7: 53–62
Braithwaite, R.W. 1980. The ecology of Rattus lutreolus III. The rise and fall of a commensal population. Australian Wildlife Research 7: 199–215
Braithwaite, R.W. 1982. Small marginal groups of Rattus lutreolus in good and poor habitat. Journal of Zoology, London 198: 529–532
Braithwaite, R.W. 1989. Shelter selection by a small mammal community in the wet-dry tropics of Australia. Australian Mammology 12: 55–59
Braithwaite, R.W. 1995. Brown Antechinus Antechinus stuartii. pp. 94–97 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Braithwaite, R.W. 1995. Southern Brown Bandicoot Isoodon obesulus. pp. 176–177 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Braithwaite, R.W. & Baverstock, P.R. 1995. Pale Field-rat Rattus tunneyi. pp. 662–664 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Braithwaite, R.W. & Begg, R.J. 1995. Northern Quoll Dasyurus hallucatus. pp. 65–66 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Braithwaite, R.W. & Brady, P. 1993. The delicate mouse, Pseudomys delicatulus: a continuous breeder waiting for the good times. Australian Mammology 16: 93–96
Braithwaite, R.W. & Covacevich, J. 1995. Delicate Mouse Pseudomys delicatulus. pp. 592–593 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Braithwaite, R.W. & Griffiths, A.D. 1994. Demographic variation and range contraction in the northern quoll, Dasyurus hallucatus (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Wildlife Research 21: 203–217
Braithwaite, R.W. & Griffiths, A.D. 1996. The paradox of Rattus tunneyi: the endangerment of a native pest. Wildlife Research 23: 1–22
Braithwaite, R.W. & Lee, A.K. 1979. The ecology of Rattus lutreolus I. A Victorian heathland population. Australian Wildlife Research 6: 173–189
Braithwaite, R.W. & Lonsdale, W.M. 1987. The rarity of Sminthopsis virginiae (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae) in relation to natural and unnatural habitats. Conservation Biology 1: 341–343
Braithwaite, R.W. & Muller, W.J. 1997. Rainfall, groundwater and refuges: predicting extinctions of Australian tropical mammal species. Australian Journal of Ecology 22: 57–67
Brandt, J.F. 1841. [title]. Bulletin of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St Petersburg 8(12)
Brandt, J.F. 1845. Tchihatcheff's Voy. scient. Altai orient. Vol. 2.
Brandt, S.B. 1981. Effects of a warm-core eddy on fish distribution in the Tasman Sea off east Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series 6: 19–33 figs 1–7
Brandt, S.B. 1983. Temporal and spatial patterns of lanternfish (family Myctophidae) communities associated with a warm-core eddy. Marine Biology, Berlin 74: 231–244 figs 1–8
Brattstrom, B.H. 1970. Thermal acclimation in Australian amphibians. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 35: 69–103
Brattstrom, B.H. 1971. Social and thermoregulatory behaviour of the bearded dragon, Amphibolurus barbatus. Copeia 1971: 484–497
Brauer, A. 1901. Über einige von der Valdivia-Expedition gesammelten Tiefseefische und ihre Augen. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft zur Beförderung der Gesamten Naturwissenschaften du Marburg 8: 115–130 figs 1–3
Brauer, A. 1902. Diagnosen von neuen Tiefseefischen, welche von der Valdivia-Expedition gesammelt sind. Zoologischer Anzeiger 25(668): 277–298
Brauer, A. 1904. Die Gattung Myctophum. Zoologischer Anzeiger 28(10): 377–404 figs 1–9
Brauer, A. 1906. Die Tiefsee-Fische. 1. Systematischer Teil. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer "Valdivia" 1898–1899 15(1): 1–432 figs 1–176 pls 1–18
Bravery, J.A. 1967. Field notes on the Oriental Cuckoo, Cuculus saturatus. The Emu 66: 267–271
Bravery, J.A. 1971. Sight-record of Uniform Swiftlet at Atherton, Q. The Emu 71: 182
Bravery, J.A. & Schodde, R. 1973. Sight-records of swiftlets. The Emu 73: 29–30
Bray, D.J. 1983. Revision of the fish family Zeidae. Unpublished MSc Thesis, Macquarie University, Sydney. 160 pp. 27 figs
Bray, D.J. 1994. Families Zeidae, Oreosomatidae. pp. 416-427 figs 373-381 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Print 992 pp. 810 figs.
Braysher, M.L. 1971. The structure and function of the nasal salt gland from the sleepy lizard Trachydosaurus (formerly Tiliqua) rugosus: family Scincidae. Physiological Zoology 44: 129–136
Braysher, M.L. 1976. The excretion of hyperosmotic urine and other aspects of the electrolyte balance of the lizard Amphibolurus maculosus. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 54A: 341–345
Brazenor, C.W. 1934. A new species of mouse, Pseudomys (Gyomys), and a record of the broad-toothed rat, Mastacomys, from Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 8: 158–161 pl. 18 (in part)
Brazenor, C.W. 1934. A revision of the Australian jerboa mice. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 8: 74–89 pls 5–7
Brazenor, C.W. 1936. Muridae recorded from Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 10: 62–85 pls 13–16
Brazenor, C.W. 1936. Two new rats from Central Australia. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 9: 5–8 pl. 1
Brazenor, C.W. 1951. On the Victorian species of tuberculate, Diplodactylus. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 17: 215–222
Breder, C.M. 1928. Scientific results of the second oceanographic expedition of the "Pawnee", 1926: Nematognathi, Apodes, Isospondyli, Synentognathi and Thoracostraci from Panama to Lower California. Bulletin of the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, Yale University 2(2): 1–25 figs 1–10
Breed, W.B. 1992. Breeding systems of spinifex hopping mice (Notomys alexis) and plains rats (Pseudomys australis): a test for multiple paternity within the laboratory. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 13–20
Breed, W.B. 1992. Reproduction of the spinifex hopping mouse (Notomy alexis) in the natural environment. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 57–71
Breed, W.G. 1980. Further observations on spermatozoal morphology and male reproductive tract anatomy of Pseudomys and Notomys species (Mammalia: Rodentia). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 104: 51–55
Breed, W.G. 1981. Early embryonic development and ovarian activity during concurrent pregnancy and lactation in the hopping-mouse Notomys alexis. Australian Journal of Zoology 29: 589–604
Breed, W.G. 1983. Sexual dimorphism in the Australian hopping mouse, Notomys alexis. Journal of Mammalogy 64: 536–539
Breed, W.G. 1990. Copulatory behaviour and coagulum formation in the female reproductive tract of the Australian hopping mouse, Notomys alexis. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 88: 17–24
Breed, W.G. 1990. Reproductive anatomy and sperm morphology of the long-tailed hopping mouse, Notomys longicaudatus (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Mammology 13: 201–204
Breed, W.G. 1995. Sandy Inland Mouse Pseudomys hermannsburgensis. pp. 604–605 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Breed, W.G. 1995. Spinifex Hopping-mouse Notomys alexis. pp. 568–570 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Breed, W.G. 1997. Interspecific variation of testis size and epididymal sperm numbers in Australasian rodents with special reference to the genus Notomys. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 651–669
Breed, W.G. & Head, W. 1991. Conservation status of the plains rat Pseudomys australis (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Mammology 14: 125–128
Breed, W.G. & Leigh, C.M. 1990. Morphological changes in the oocyte and its surrounding vestments during in vivo fertilization in the dasyurid marsupial Sminthopsis crassicaudata. Journal of Morphology 204: 177–196
Breed, W.G. & Safaris, V. 1983. Variation in sperm head morphology in the Australian rodent Notomys alexis. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 313–316
Breed, W.G. & Washington, J.M. 1991. Mating behaviour and insemination in the hopping mouse (Notomys alexis). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 93: 187–194
Breed, W.G., Taggart, D.A., Bradtke, V., Leigh, C.M., Gameau, L. & Carroll, J. 1994. Effect of cryopreservation on development and ultrastructure of preimplantation embryos from the dasyurid marsupial Sminthopsis crassicaudata. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 100: 429–438
Breed, W.J. & Sarafis, V. 1979. On the phylogenetic significance of spermatozoal morphology and male reproductive tract anatomy in Australian rodents. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 103: 127–135
Brehm, C.L. 1830. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Vögel Deutschlands, worin nach den sorgfältigsten Intersuchungen und den genauesten Beobachtungen mehr als 900 einheimische Vögel-Gattungen zur Begründung ihrer Naturgeschichte vollständig beschrieben sind. Ilmenau, Bernh. Friedr. : Voigt pp. xxic 1085. [for details on publication]
Brehm, C.L. 1831. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte aller Vögel Deutschlands, worin nach den sorgfältigsten Untersuchungen und den genauesten Beobachtungen mehr als 900 einheimische Vögel-Gattungen zur Begrüngung einer ganz neuen Ansicht und Behandlung ihrer Naturgeschichte vollständig beschrieben sind. Ilmenau : Bernh. Friedh. Voigt pp. xxiv + 1085.
Brehm, C.L. 1845. Das Stiftungsfest der naturforschenden Gesellschaft Osterlandes in Altenburg, am 5 Julius 1843, und etwas die Voegel Griechenlands und Australiens. Isis 5: 323-358
Brereton, J. Le G. 1963. Evolution within the Psittaciformes. Proceedings of the XIII International Ornithological Congress 1: 499–517
Brereton, J. Le G. 1963. The life cycles of three Australian parrots: some comparative and population aspects. Living Bird 2: 21–29 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B]
Brereton, J. Le G. & Immelmann, K. 1962. Head-scratching in the Psittaciformes. Ibis 104: 169–174
Brereton, J. Le G. & Pidgeon, R. 1966. The language of the Eastern Rosella. Australian Natural History 15: 225–229
Brereton, J. Le G. & Sourry, C. 1959. Some observations on the distribution and abundance of closely-related parrots of the New England district of New South Wales. The Emu 59: 93–100
Bridge, G. 1979. The small-eyed snake (Cryptophis nigrescens). Victorian Herpetological Society Newsletter 13: 17–18
Bridgewater, A.E. 1934. The food of Platycercus eximius and P. elegans. The Emu 33: 175–186
Bridie, A., Hume, I.D. & Hill, D.M. 1994. Digestive-tract function and energy requirements of the rufous hare-wallaby, Lagorchestes hirsutus. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 761–764
Briggs, J.C. 1955. A monograph of the clingfishes (order Xenopterygii). Stanford Ichthyological Bulletin 6: 1–224 figs 1–114
Briggs, J.C. 1969. A new species of Lepadichthys (Gobiesocidae) from the Seychelles, Indian Ocean. Copeia 1969(3): 464–466 fig. 1
Briggs, J.C. 1974. Marine Zoogeography. New York : McGraw-Hill 475 pp.
Briggs, J.C. 1976. A new genus and species of clingfish from the western Pacific. Copeia 1976(2): 339–341 figs 1–4
Briggs, J.C. 1993. New genus and species of clingfish (Gobiesocidae) from southern Australia. Copeia 1993(1): 196–199 figs 1–2
Briggs, SV. 1996. Native small mammals and reptiles in cropped and uncropped parts of lakebeds in semiarid Australia. Wildlife Research 23: 629–636
Brigham, E.M., Francis, R.L. & Hamdorf, S. 1997. Microhabitat use by two species of Nyctophilus bats: a test of ecomorphology theory. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 553–560
Brigham, R.M. & Geiser, F. 1998. Seasonal activity patterns of two species of Nyctophilus bats based on mist net captures. Australian Mammology 20: 349–352
Bright, M. 1999. The Private Life of Sharks. London : Robson Books pp. 285.
Brind, W. L. 1918. A new subspecies of Thorichthys helleri. Aquatic Life 3: 119–120
Brinklow, B.R. & Loudon, A.S.I. 1993. Evidence for a circannual rhythm of reproduction and prolactin secretion in a seasonally breeding macropodid marsupial, the Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 98: 625–630
Briscoe, D.A., Calaby, J.H., Close, R.L., Maynes, G.M., Murtagh, C.E. & Sharman, G.B. 1982. Isolation, introgression and genetic variation in rock-wallabies. pp. 73–87 in Groves, R.H. & Ride, W.D.L (eds). Species at Risk: Research in Australia. Proceedings of a symposium on the biology of rare and endangered species in Australia, sponsored by the Australian Academy of Science and held in Canberra, 25 and 26 November 1981. Canberra : Australian Academy of Science.
Briscoe, D.A., Fox, B.J. & Ingleby, S. 1981. Genetic differentiation between Pseudomys pilligaensis and related Pseudomys (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Mammology 4: 89–92
Brisout de Barneville, C.N.F. 1846. Note sur les diodoniens. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 9: 136–143
Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologia sive Synopsis methodica sistens avium divisionem in ordines, sectiones, genera, species, ipsarumque varietates... Paris : J.-B. Bauche.
Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologie ou méthode contenant la Division des oiseaux en Ordres, Sectiones, Genres, Espèces & leurs Variétés. Paris : J.-B. Bauche Vol. I xxiv 526 lxxiii pp. XXXVII pls.
Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologie ou méthode contenant la Division des oiseaux en Ordres, Sectiones, Genres, Espèces & leurs Variétés. Paris : J.-B. Bauche Vol. IV 576 liv pp. XLVI pls.
Brisson, M.-J. 1760. Ornithologie ou méthode contenant la Division des oiseaux en Ordres, Sectiones, Genres, Espèces & leurs Variétés. Paris : J.-B. Bauche Vol. V pp. 298-310.
Brisson, [M.J.] 1762. Regnum Animale in classes ix. distributum, sive synopsis methodica sistens generalem animalium distributionem in classes ix, & duarum primarum classium, quadrupedum scilicet & cetaceorum, particularem divisionem in ordines, sectiones, genera & species. Cum brevi cujusque specie descriptione, cicationibus auctorum de iis tractantium. Nominibus eis ab ipsis & nationibus impositis, nominibusque vulgaribus. Lugduni. Batavorum : Theodorum Haak pp. 296.
Broad, A.J., Sutherland, S.K., Tanner, C. & Covacevich, J. 1979. Electrophoretic, enzyme, and preliminary toxicity studies of the venom of the small-scaled snake, Parademansia microlepidota (Serpentes: Elapidae), with additional data on its distribution. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 19: 319–329
Brockie, R.E. 1982. Effect of commercial hunters on the number of possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, in the Orongorongo Valley, Wellington. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 5: 21–28
Brockie, R.E., Herritty, P.J., Ward, G.D. & Fairweather, A.A.C. 1989. A population study of Hawkes Bay farmland possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. DSIR Ecology Division Report No. 26. 43 pp.
Brockway, B.F. 1962. The effects of nest-entrance positions and male vocalizations on reproduction in Budgerigars. Living Bird 1: 93–101 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [Appendix B]]
Brockway, B.F. 1964. Ethological studies of the Budgerigar: non-reproductive behaviour. Behaviour 22: 193–222 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
Brockway, B.F. 1964. Ethological studies of the Budgerigar: reproductive behaviour. Behaviour 23: 294–324
Brockway, B.F. 1964. Social influences on reproductive physiology and ethology of Budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus). Animal Behaviour 12: 493–501 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B]
Brockway, B.F. 1965. Stimulation of ovarian development and egg laying by male courtship vocalisation in Budgerigars (Melopsittacus undulatus). Animal Behaviour 13: 575–578 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
Brockway, B.F. 1968. Influences of sex hormones on the loud and soft warbles of male Budgerigars. Animal Behaviour 16: 5–12
Brongersma, L.D. 1934. Contributions to Indo-Australian herpetology. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 17: 161–251
Brongersma, L.D. 1936. Herpetological note. XIII. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 19: 136
Brongersma, L.D. 1948. A new subspecies of Natrix mairii (Gray) from Dutch New Guinea. Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen 51: 372–381
Brongersma, L.D. 1956. Notes on New Guinea reptiles and amphibians. IV. Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen 59C: 447–453
Brongersma, L.D. 1956. Notes on New Guinean reptiles and amphibians. V. Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen 59C: 599–610
Brongersma, L.D. 1961. Notes upon some sea turtles. Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 51: 1–46
Brongersma, L.D. & Knaap-van Meeuwen, M.S. 1964. On a new species of Denisonia (Reptilia, Serpentes) from New Guinea. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 39: 550–554
Brongniart, A. 1800. Essai d'une classification naturelle des Reptiles. Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris 2: 89–91
Brongniart, A. 1805. Essai d'une classification naturelle des Reptiles. Mémoires des Savans Étrangers, St Petersbourg 1: 587–637 [publication date established from Wermuth, H. & Mertens, R. 1977. Liste der rezenten Amphibien und Reptilien; Testudines, Crocodylia, Rhynchocephalia. Das Tierreich 100: i–xxvii, 1–174 but Smith, H.M. & Smith, R.B. 1979. Synopsis of the Herpetofauna of Mexico. Vol. 6. Guide to Mexican Turtles. Bibliographic Addendum 3. North Bennington, Vermont : John Johnson 1044 pp. cite 1806 as publication date]
Brooke, R.K. 1970. Taxonomic and evolutionary notes on the subfamilies, tribes, genera and subgenera of the swifts (Aves: Apodidae). Durban Museum Novitates 9: 13–24
Brooke, R.K. 1971. Geographical variation in the Little Swift Apus affinis (Aves: Apodidae). Durban Museum Novitates 9: 93–103
Brooke, R.K. 1972. Generic limits in old world Apodidae and Hirundinidae. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 92: 53–57
Brooker, B.M., O'Shea, J.E. & Stewart, T. 1995. Renal vasculature of two dasyurid marsupials, Sminthopsis dolichura and S. crassicaudata. Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 259–270
Brooker, L.C., Brooker, M.G. & Brooker, A.M.H. 1990. An alternative population-genetics model for the evolution of egg mimesis and egg crypsis in cuckoos. Journal of Theoretical Biology 146: 123–143
Brooker, M. 1973. Port Lincoln Parrots feeding on moth larvae. The Emu 73: 27–28
Brooker, M. & Brooker, L. 1986. Identification and development of the nestling cuckoos, Chrysococcyx basalis and C. lucidus plagosus, in Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 197–202 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. (cf. Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240))]
Brooker, M. & Estbergs, A.J. 1976. A survey of terrestrial vertebrates in the Carnarvon region, West Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 13: 160–170
Brooker, M., Ridpath, M.G., Estbergs, A.J., Bywater, J., Hart, D.S. & Jones, M.S. 1979. Bird observations on the northwestern Nullabor Plain and neighbouring regions, 1967–1978. The Emu 79: 176–190
Brooker, M.G. & Brooker, L.C. 1989. Cuckoo hosts in Australia. Australian Zoological Reviews 2: 1–67
Brooker, M.G. & Brooker, L.C. 1989. The comparative breeding behaviour of two sympatric cuckoos, Horsfield's Bronze-Cuckoo Chrysococcyx basalis and the Shining Bronze-Cuckoo C. lucidus, in Western Australia: a new model for the evolution of egg morphology and host specificity in avian brood parasites. Ibis 131: 528–547 [Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1833–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
Brooker, M.G., Brooker, L.C. & Rowley, I. 1988. Egg deposition by the bronze-cuckoos Chrysococcyx basalis and Ch. lucidus. The Emu 88: 107–109
Brookes, J. 1830. A Descriptive and Historical Catalogue of the remainder of the Anatomical and Zoological Museum of Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S. London : J. Brookes pp. Pt II.
Broom, R. 1896. On a small fossil marsupial with large grooved premolars. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 10: 563–567 [31 Jan.1896]
Broom, R. 1896. On two new species of Ablepharus from north Queensland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 18: 342–343
Broom, R. 1898. On the lizards of the Chillagoe District, N. Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 22: 639–645
Broome, L.S. 1995. Mountain Pygmy-possum Burramys parvus. pp. 208–210 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Broome, L.S. & Geiser, F. 1995. Hibernation in free-living mountain pygmy-possums, Burramys parvus (Marsupialia, Burramyidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 373–379
Broome, L.S. & Mansergh, I.M. 1989. The mountain pygmy possum Burramys parvus (Broom) an alpine endemic. pp. 241–264 in Good, R. (ed.). The scientific significance of the Australian Alps. Canberra : Australian Alps National Parks Liaison Committee.
Brothers, N. & Pemberton, D. 1990. Status of Australian and New Zealand fur seals at Maatsuyker Island, southwestern Tasmania. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 563–569
Brothers, N.P., Skira, I.S. & Copson, G.R. 1985. Biology of the feral cat, Felis catus (L.), on Macquarie Island. Australian Wildlife Research 12: 425–436
Broughton, S.K. & Dickman, C.R. 1991. The effect of supplementary food on home range of the southern brown bandicoot, Isoodon obesulus (Marsupialia: Peramelidae). Australian Journal of Ecology 16: 71–78
Broughton, W.C. & Sabath, M.D. 1980. The distribution records of the marine toad Bufo marinus. Part 1: Australia. Griffith University, Brisbane, A.E.S. Working Papers 2/80: 1–81
Broussonet, P.M.A. 1782. Ichthyologia Sistens Piscium Descriptiones et Icones. London : Elmsly 42 pp. 11 pls.
Brown, G. & Young, G. 1982. Wombats - amiable lawnmowers. Australian Natural History 20: 279–283
Brown, G.D. & Taylor, L.S. 1984. Radio-telemetry transmitters for use in studies of thermoregulation of unrestrained common wombats, Vombatus ursinus. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 289–298
Brown, G.W. & Triggs, B.E. 1990. Diets of wild canids and foxes in East Gippsland 1983-1987, using scat analysis. Australian Mammology 13: 209–213
Brown, M. & Corkeron, P. 1995. Pod characteristics of migrating humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) off the east Australian coast. Behaviour 132: 163–180
Brown, M.R., Corkeron, P.J., Hale, P.T., Schultz, K.W. & Bryden, M.M. 1995. Evidence for a sex-segregated migration in the humpback whale (Megaptera novaeangliae). Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B 259: 229
Brown, P. 1776. Nouvelles Illustrations de Zoologie, contenant cinquante planches enluminées d'Oiseaux curieux, et qui non etés jamais descrits, et quelques de Quadrupeds, de Reptiles et d'Insects, avec de courtes Descriptions systematiques. London : B. White 136 pp. 50 pls. [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]
Brown, P. 1977. The Green Rosella Platycercus caledonicus. Aviculture Magazine 83: 142–145
Brown, P.B. 1979. The status of parrot species in western Tasmania. Tasmanian Bird Report 9: 4–12
Brown, P.B. & Wilson, R.I. 1980. A survey of the Orange-bellied Parrot Neophema chrysogaster in Tasmania, Victoria & South Australia. A Report for World Wildlife Fund (Australia). Hobart : National Parks and Wildlife Service Tasmania 65 pp.
Brown, P.R. & Seebeck, J.H. 1982. 8. The Eastern Barred Bandicoot (Perameles gunnii) - a vanishing Victorian. pp. 207 in Groves, R.H. & Ride, W.D.L (eds). Species at Risk: Research in Australia. Proceedings of a symposium on the biology of rare and endangered species in Australia, sponsored by the Australian Academy of Science and held in Canberra, 25 and 26 November 1981. Canberra : Australian Academy of Science.
Brown, P.R., Singleton, G.R., Kearns, B. & Griffiths, J. 1997. Evaluation and cost effectiveness of strychnine for control of populations of wild house mice (Mus domesticus) in Victoria. Wildlife Research 24: 159–172
Brown, W.C. 1954. Notes on several lizards of the genus Emoia, with descriptions of new species from the Solomon Islands. Fieldiana Zoology 34: 263–276
Brown, W.C. 1991. The lizards of the genus Emoia (Scincidae) with observations on their evolution and biogeography. Memoirs of the California Academy of Sciences No. 15: i–vi 1–94
Brown, W.C. & Parker, F. 1973. A new species of Cyrtodactylus (Gekkonidae) from New Guinea with a key to species from the island. Breviora 417: 1–7
Brown, W.C. & Parker, F. 1977. Lizards of the genus Lepidodactylusus (Gekkonidae) from the Indo-Australian Archipelago and the islands of the Pacific, with descriptions of new species. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 4 41: 253–265
Brownell, R.L. 1975. Phocoena dioptrica. Mammalian Species 66: 1–3
Brownell, R.L., Heyning, J.E. & Perrin, W.F. 1989. A porpoise Austalophoecoena dioptrica previously identified as Phocoena spinipinnis from Heard Island. Marine Mammal Science 5: 193–195 [publication date established from Duncan, F.M. 1937. On the dates of publication of the Society's 'Proceedings', 1859–1926. With an appendix containing the dates of publication of 'Proceedings', 1830–1858, compiled by the late F.H. Waterhouse, and of the 'Transactions', 1853–1869, by the late Henry Peavot, originally published in P.Z.S. 1893, 1913. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 107: 71–84]
Bruce, B.D., Green, M.A. & Last, P.R. 1999. Aspects of the biology of the endangered spotted handfish, Brachionichthys hirsutus (Lophiiformes: Brachionichthyidae) off southern Australia. pp. 369–380 in Séret B. & Sire, J.-Y. (eds). Proceedings of the 5th Indo-Pacific Fish Conference, Noumea, New Caledonia, 3–8 November 1997. Paris : Société Française d'Ichtyologie pp. 888.
Bruce, M.D. 1976. Earliest record of the Torres Strait Pigeon Ducula spilorrhoa from Lord Howe Island, with comments on the subspecies melvillensis. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 96: 97–99
Bruce, M.D. 1989. A reappraisal of species limits in the Pied Imperial Pigeon Ducula bicolor (Scopoli, 1786) superspecies. Rivista Italiana Ornitologia, Milano 59: 217–222
Bruch, C.F. 1853. Monographische uebersicht der Gattung Larus Lin. Journal of Ornithology 2: 96-108
Bruch, C.F. 1855. [Title unknown]. Journal of Ornithology
Brunner, H. & Coman, B. 1974. The Identification of Mammalian Hair. Melbourne : Inkata Press pp. ix 176.
Brunner, H., Stevens, P.L. & Backholer, J.R. 1981. Introduced mammals in Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 98: 5–17
Brunner, S. 1998. Cranial morphometrics of the southern fur seals Arctocephalus forsteri and A. pusillus (Carnivora: Otariidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 46: 67–108
Brunner, S. 1998. Skull development and growth in the southern fur seals Arctocephalus forsteri and A. pusillus doriferus (Carnivora; Otariidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 46: 43–66
Brush, A.H. & Witt, H.H. 1983. Intraordinal relationships of the Pelecaniformes and Cuculiformes: electrophoresis of feather keratins. Ibis 125: 181–199
Bruun, A.F. 1934. Notes on the Linnean type-specimens of flying fishes (Exocoetidae). Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 39(263): 133–135
Bryan, W.A. & Herre, A.W.C.T. 1903. Annotated list of the Marcus Island Fishes. Occasional Papers of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 2(1): 126–139
Bryant, S.L. 1986. Seasonal variation of plasma testosterone in a wild population of male eastern quoll, Dasyurus viverrinus (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae), from Tasmania. General and Comparative Endocrinology 64: 75–79
Bryant, S.L. 1989. Growth, development and breeding pattern of the long-nosed potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Kerr, 1792) in Tasmania. pp. 449–456 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, wallabies and rat-kangaroos. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons 835 pp.
Bryant, S.L. & Rose, R.W. 1986. Growth and role of the corpus luteum throughout delayed gestation in the potoroo, Potorous tridactylus. Journal of Reproduction and Fertility 76: 409–414
Bryden M.M., Dawbin, W.H., Heinsohn, G.E. & Brown, D.H. 1977. Melon-headed whale, Peponocephala electra, on the east coast of Australia. Journal of Mammalogy 58: 180–187
Bryden, M.M. 1976. Observations on a pygmy killer whale, Feresa attenuata, stranded on the east coast of Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 21–28
Bryden, M.M. 1978. Whales and whaling in Queensland waters. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 89: v–xviii
Bryden, M.M. 1988. Southern elephant seals as subjects for physiological research. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 122: 153–157
Bryden, M.M. 1989. Delphinidae. pp. 970–978 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Volume 1B Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. 827.
Bryden, M.M. 1989. Phocoenidae. pp. 979–981 in Walton, D.W. & Richardson, B.J. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Volume 1B Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. 827.
Bryden, M.M. 1995. Southern Elephant Seal Mirounga leonina. pp. 686–688 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Bryden, M.M., Harrison, R.J. & Lear, R.J. 1978. Some aspects of the biology of Peponocephala electra (Cetacea: Delphinidae) 1. General and reproductive biology. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 28: 703–715
Bryden, M.M., Kirkwood, G.P. & Slade, R.W. 1990. Humpback whales, Area V. An increase in numbers off Australia's east coast. pp. 271–277 in Kerry, K.R. & Hempel, G. (eds). Antarctic Ecosystems. Ecological change and conservation. Berlin : Springer Verlag.
Brünnich, M.T. 1788. Om en ny fiskeart, den draabeplettede pladefisk, fanget ved Helsingoer i Nordsoen 1786. Kongelige Dansk Videnskabernes. Selskabs Skrifter. Kjøbenhavn ns 3: 398–406 fig. A
Bubela, T., Bartell, R. & Muller, W. 1998. Factors affecting thetrappability of red foxes in Kosciusko National Park. Wildlife Research 25: 199–208
Bubela, T.M. & Happold, D.C.D. 1993. The social organisation and mating system of an Australian subalpine rodent, the broad-toothed rat, Mastacomys fuscus Thomas. Wildlife Research 20: 405–417
Bubela, T.M., Dickman, C.R. & Newsome, A.E. 1998. Diet and winter foraging behaviour of the red fox (Vulpes vulpes) in alpine and subalpine New South Wales. Australian Mammology 20: 321–330
Bubela, T.M., Happold, D.C.D. & Broome, L.S. 1991. Home range and activity of the broad-toothed rat, Mastacomys fuscus, in subalpine heathland. Wildlife Research 18: 39–48
Bueler, L.E. 1974. Wild Dogs of the World. London : Constable pp. 274.
Buffon, G.L. 1783. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. Paris : l'Imprimerie Royale Vol. VII xii 435 pp. 142 pls.
Buffon, G.L. 1786. Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux. Paris : l'Imprimerie Royale Vol. I–X. [published between 1770–1786]
Bulinski, J., Goldney, D. & Bauer, J. 1997. The habitat utilisation and social behaviour of captive rock-wallabies: implications for management. Australian Mammology 19: 191–198
Bull, C.M. 1979. A narrow hybrid zone between two Western Australian frog species. Ranidella insignifera and R. pseudinsignifera: the fitness of hybrids. Heredity 42: 381–389
Bull, C.M. & Satrawaha, R. 1981. Dispersal and social organisation in Trachydosaurus rugosus. pp. 24 in Banks, C.B. & Martin, A.A. (eds). Proceedings of the Melbourne Herpetological Symposium. Melbourne : Zoological Board of Victoria.
Buller, W.L. 1882. Manual of the Birds of New Zealand. Wellington : Govt. Printer xii 107 pp. 38 pls.
Buller, W.L. 1896. [title]. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 28
Buller, W.L. 1905. A history of the birds of New Zealand. Supplement. London : W.L. Buller Vol. i.
Bullis, H.R. & Carpenter, J.S. 1966. Neoharriotta carri — a new species of Rhinochimaeridae from the southern Caribbean Sea. Copeia 1966(3): 443–450 figs 1–5
Burbidge, A. 1985. The Regent Parrot. A report on the breeding distribution and habitat requirements along the Murray River in south-eastern Australia. Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service Report Series n. 4 xii 36 pp.
Burbidge, A.A. 1981. The ecology of the western swamp tortoise Pseudemydura umbrina (Testudines: Chelidae). Australian Wildlife Research 8: 203–223
Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Burrowing Bettong Bettongia lesueur. pp. 289–291 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Crescent Nailtail Wallaby Onychogalea lunata. pp. 359–360 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Burbidge, A.A. 1995. Scaly-tailed Possum Wyulda squamicaudata. pp. 276–277 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Burbidge, A.A. & Fuller, P.J. 1990. On the vernacular name of Petrogale burbidgei. Records of the Western Australian Museum 14: 645–646
Burbidge, A.A. & Johnson, P.M. 1995. Spectacled Hare-wallaby Lagorchestes conspicillatus. pp. 313–315 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Burbidge, A.A., Johnson, K.A., Fuller, P.J. & Southgate, R. 1988. Aboriginal knowledge of the mammals of the central deserts of Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 9–39
Burbidge, A.A., McKenzie, N.L. & Fuller, P.J. 1995. Long-tailed Dunnart Sminthopsis longicaudata. pp. 146–147 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.
Burger, W.L. & Natsuno, T. 1974. A new genus for the Arafura smooth sea snake and redefinitions of other sea snake genera. The Snake 6: 61–75
Burgess, W.E. 1978. Butterflyfishes of the World. New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications Inc. 832 pp. figs.
Burgess, W.E. 1989. An Atlas of Freshwater and Marine Catfishes — a preliminary survey of the Siluriformes. Neptune City, New Jersey : T.F.H. Publications pp. 783.
Burgess, W.E. 1991. Two new genera of angelfishes, Family Pomacanthidae. Tropical Fish Hobbyist 1991(March): 68–70
Burhanuddin, A.I. & Iwatsuki, Y. 2003. Trichiurus nickolensis, a new hairtail from Australia belonging to the Trichiurus russelli complex (Perciformes: Trichiuridae). Ichthyological Research 50: 270-275
Burke, C.V. 1930. Revision of the fishes of the family Liparidae. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 150: 1–204 figs 1–110
Burmeister, C.H.C. 1837. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen. II. Zoologie. Berlin : Publisher unknown pp. 858.
Burmeister, C.H.C. 1837. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen. II. Zoologie. Berlinpp. 858.
Burmeister, H. 1854. Systematische Uebersicht der Thiere Brasiliens, welche während einer Reise durch die Provinzen von Rio de Janeiro und Minas Geraës gesammelt oder beobachtet wurden. Erster theil, Säugethiere (Mammalia). Berlin : G. Reimer pp. x 342.
Burmeister, H. 1867. Preliminary description of a new species of Finner Whale. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 707-713
Burmeister, H.K. 1807. Handbuch der Naturgeschichte. Zum Gebrauch bei Vorlesungen entworfen von Herman Burmeister. Berlin : T.C.F. Enslin pp. viii xxvi xxi 858.
Burnell, A.F., Burnell, S.R. & Tago, M. 1991. Observations on an apparent mating sequence in three southern right whales, Eubalaena australis (Cetacea: Balaenidae). Australian Mammology 14: 33–34
Burnell, S.R. & Bryden, M.M. 1997. Coastal residence periods and reproductive timing in southern right whales, Eubalaena australis. Journal of Zoology, London 241: 613–621
Burnett, G.T. 1830. Illustrations of the Quadrupeda, or Quadrupeds; being the arrangement of the true four-footed beasts indicated in outline. Quarterly Journal of Science II 1829: 336–353
Burnstock, G. & Wood, M. 1967. Innervation of the urinary bladder of the sleepy lizard (Trachysaurus rugosus). II. Physiology and pharmacology. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 20: 675–690
Burrell, H. 1914. Owlet-nightjar nestlings. The Emu 13: 216–217
Burrell, H. 1927. The Platypus its discovery, zoological position, form and characteristics, habits, life history, etc. Sydney : Angus & Robertson xiv 227 pp. 35 pls.
Burridge, C.P. 2000. Molecular phylogeny of the Aplodactylidae (Perciformes: Cirrhitoidea), a group of Southern Hemisphere marine fishes. Journal of Natural History 34: 2173-2185
Burridge, C.P. 2004. Cheilodactylus (Goniistius) francisi, a new species of Morwong (Perciformes: Cirrhitoidea) from the southwest Pacific. Records of the Australian Museum 56: 231–234
Burton, C.L.K. 1991. Sighting analysis and photo-identification of humpback whales off Western Australia, 1989. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 30: 259–270
Burton, E. 1838. Catalogue of the Collection of Mammals and Birds at Fort Pitt, Chatham. Chatham.
Burton, H. 1986. A substantial decline in numbers of the southern elephant seal at Heard Island. Tasmanian Naturalist 86: 4–8
Burton, H.R. 1985. Tagging studies of male southern elephant seals (Mirounga leonina) in the Vestfold Hills area, Antarctica, and some aspects of their behaviour. pp. 19–30 in Ling, J.K. & Bryden, M.M. (eds). Studies of sea mammals in south latitudes. Adelaide : South Australian Museum pp. 132.
Burton, J.A. (ed.) 1973. Owls of the World Their evolution, structure and ecology. London : Peter Lowe (Eurobook Ltd) 216 pp.
Burton, M. 1934. Pisces section for 1933. Zoological Records 70: 1–63
Burton, P.J.K. 1978. The basisphenoid notch of kingfishers. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 98: 68–74
Burton, P.J.K. 1984. Anatomy and evolution of the feeding apparatus in the avian orders Coraciiformes and Piciformes. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Zoology) 47: 331–443
Busakhin, S.V. 1982. Systematics and distribution of the family Berycidae (Osteichthyes) in the world ocean. Voprosy Ikhtiologii 22(6): 904–921 figs 1–12 [in Russian, English translation J. Ichthyol. 22(6): 1–21]

Bush, M. Graves, J.A.M., O'Brien, S.J. & Wilde, D.E. 1990. Dissociative anaesthesia in free ranging male koalas and selected marsupials in captivity. Australian Veterinary Journal 67: 449–451

Bustard, H.R. 1964. Defensive behaviour shown by Australian geckos, genus Diplodactylus. Herpetologica 20: 198–200

Bustard, H.R. 1964. Reproduction in the Australian rain forest skinks, Siaphos equalis and Sphenomorphus tryoni. Copeia 1964: 715–716

Bustard, H.R. 1965. Observations on Australian geckos. Herpetologica 21: 294–302

Bustard, H.R. 1965. The systematic status of the Australian geckos Gehyra variegata (Duméril and Bibron, 1836) and Gehyra australis Gray, 1845. Herpetologica 20: 259–272

Bustard, H.R. 1966. The Oedura tryoni complex: east Australian rock dwelling geckos (Reptilia: Gekkonidae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) 14: 1–14

Bustard, H.R. 1967. Activity cycle and thermoregulation in the Australian gecko Gehyra variegata. Copeia 1967: 753–758

Bustard, H.R. 1967. Defensive display behaviour of the Australian gecko Nephrurus asper. Herpetologica 23: 126–129

Bustard, H.R. 1967. The status of the gekkonid lizard name Oedurad ocellata Boulenger, 1885. Herpetologica 23: 312–313

Bustard, H.R. 1968. Temperature dependent activity in the Australian gecko Diplodactylus vittatus. Copeia 1968: 606–612

Bustard, H.R. 1968. The ecology of the Australian gecko Gehyra variegata, in northern New South Wales. Journal of Zoology, London 154: 113–138

Bustard, H.R. 1968. The ecology of the Australian gecko Heteronotia binoei, in northern New South Wales. Journal of Zoology, London 156: 483–497

Bustard, H.R. 1968. The reptiles of Merriwindi State Forest, Pilliga West, northern New South Wales. Herpetologica 24: 131–140

Bustard, H.R. 1969. Oedura reticulata, a new velvet gecko from south-west Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 11: 82–86

Bustard, H.R. 1969. Defensive display behaviour in the bandy-bandy Vermicella annulata (Serpentes: Elapidae). Herpetologica 25: 319–320

Bustard, H.R. 1969. Population ecology of the gekkonid lizard (Gehyra variegata (Duméril and Bibron)) in exploited forests in northern New South Wales. Journal of Animal Ecology 38: 35–51

Bustard, H.R. 1969. The ecology of the Australian geckoes Diplodactylusn williamsi and Gehyra australis in northern New South Wales. Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen 72C: 451–477

Bustard, H.R. 1970. Oedura marmorata: a complex of Australian geckos (Reptilia: Gekkonidae). Senckenbergiana Biologica 51: 21–40

Bustard, H.R. 1970. A population study of the scincid lizard Egernia striolata in northern New South Wales. Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen 73C: 186–213

Bustard, H.R. 1970. Activity cycle of the tropical house gecko, Hemidactylus frenatus. Copeia 1970: 173–176

Bustard, H.R. 1970. Australian Lizards. Sydney : Collins pp. 162.

Bustard, H.R. 1970. The population ecology of the Australian gekkonid lizard Heteronotia binoei in an exploited forest. Journal of Zoology, London 162: 31–42

Bustard, H.R. 1979. Defensive mechanisms and predation in gekkonids and lizards. British Journal of Herpetology 6: 9–11

Bustard, H.R. & Greenham, P.M. 1969. Nesting behaviour of the green sea turtle on a Great Barrier Reef island. Herpetologica 25: 93–102

Butler, J.L. 1979. The nomeid genus Cubiceps (Pisces) with a description of a new species. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 29(2): 226–241 figs 1–12

Butler, W.H. 1975. Additions to the fauna of Barrow Island, W.A. Western Australian Naturalist 13: 78–80

Buturlin, S.A. 1934. Polnyi Opredelitel Ptits S.S.S.R. Leningrad : Moskva Vol. 1 pp. 1-255.

Böhlke, E.B. 1997. Gymnothorax robinsi (Anguilliformes, Muraenidae), a new dwarf moray with sexually dimorphic dentition from the Indo-Pacific. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 60(3): 648–655

Böhlke, E.B. 2000. Notes on the identity of small, brown, unpatterned Indo-Pacific moray eels, with descriptions of three new species (Anguilliformes: Muraenidae). Pacific Science 54(4): 395–416

Böhlke, E.B. & McCosker, J.E. 2001. The moray eels of Australia and New Zealand, with the description of two new species (Anguilliformes: Muraenidae). Records of the Australian Museum 53: 71–102 figs 1–10

Böhlke, E.B. & Randall, J.E. 1999. Gymnothorax castlei, a new species of Indo-Pacific moray eel (Anguilliformes: Muraenidae). Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 47(2): 549–554

Böhlke, E.B. & Randall, J.E. 2000. A review of the moray eels (Anguilliformes: Muraenidae) of the Hawaiian Islands, with descriptions of two new species. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 150: 203–278

Böhlke, E.B. & Smith, D.G. 2002. Type catalogue of Indo-Pacific Muraenidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 152: 89-172

Böhlke, E.B. (ed.) 1989. Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Volume One: Orders Anguilliformes and Saccopharyngiformes. Volume Two: Leptocephali. Yale University : The Sears Foundation for Marine Research Part 9, 1055 pp.

Böhlke, E.B., McCosker, J.E. & Böhlke, J.E. 1989. Family Muraenidae. 104–206 in Böhlke, E.B. (ed.). Orders Anguilliformes and Saccopharyngiformes. Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(9): 1–655

Böhlke, E.B., McCosker, J.E. & Smith, D.G. 1999. Family Muraenidae. pp. 1643-1657 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Böhlke, J.E. 1956. A synopsis of the eels of the family Xenocongridae (including the Chlopsidae and Chilorhinidae). Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 108: 61–95 figs 1–8 pl. 1

Böhlke, J.E. 1966. Order Lyomeri. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Mem. Sears Fndn Mar. Res. 1(5): 603–628 figs 219–220.

Böhlke, J.E. & Mead, G.W. 1951. Physiculus jordani, a new gadoid fish from deep water off Japan. Stanford Ichthyological Bulletin 4(1): 27-29

Böhlke, J.E. & Randall, J.R. 1981. Four new garden eels (Congridae, Heterocongrinae) from the Pacific and Indian Oceans. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 31(2): 366–382 figs 1–8

Böhlke, J.E. & Smith, D.G. 1968. A new xenocongrid eel from the Bahamas, with notes on other species in the family. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 120(2): 25–43 figs 1–3

Börner, A.-R. & Schüttler, B 1983. An Additional Note on the Australian Geckos of the Genus Gehyra. Miscellaneous Articles in Saurology 12: 1–6

Börner, A.-R. & Schüttler, B. 1981. Über die australischen Skinke des Cryptoblepharus boutonii - Komplexes. Miscellaneous Articles in Saurology 8: 1–10

Bühler, P. 1970. Schädelmorphologie und kiefermechanik der Caprimulgidae (Aves). Zeitschrift für Morphologie der Tiere 66: 337–399

CAVS 2006. Census of Australian Vertebrate Species. Australian Biological Resources Study.

CAVS Listing, this work

Cabanac, H.P. & Hammel, H.T. 1971. Peripheral sensitivity and temperature regulation in Tiliqua scincoides. International Journal of Biometeorology 15: 239–243

Cabanac, M., Hammel, T. & Hardy, J.D. 1967. Tiliqua scincoides: temperature-sensitive units in lizard brain. Science (Washington, D.C.) 158: 1050–1051

Cabanis, J. 1847. Ornithologische Notizen. Archiv für Naturgeschichte. Berlin 13

Cabanis, J. & Heine, F. 1851. Museum Heineanum. Verzeichniss der ornithologischen Sammlung des Oberamtmann Ferdinand Heine auf Gut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt. Halberstadt : R. Frantz Vol. 1. [dated 1850]

Cabanis, J. & Heine, F. 1860. Museum Heineanum. Verzeichniss der ornithologischen Sammlung des Oberamtmann Ferdinand Heine auf Gut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt. Pt 2. Halberstadt : R. Frantz 175 pp. [publication dated 1859-1860 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]

Cabanis, J. & Heine, F. 1863. Museum Heineanum. Verzeichniss der ornithologischen Sammlung des Oberamtmann Ferdinand Heine auf Gut St. Burchard vor Halberstadt. Pt 4 sect. 1. Halberstadt : R. Frantz 229 pp. [publication dated as 1862–1863]

Cabanis, J.L. 1850. Museum Heineanum / Verzeichniss der Ornithologischen Sammlung des ... F. Heine ; Systematisch bearbeitet von ... J. Cabanis (and F. Heine). HalberstadtVol. 1.

Cabanis, J.L. 1857. [Title] No. 24. Journal of Ornithology 4

Cabrera, A. 1919. Genera Mammalium Monotremata Marsupialia. Madrid : Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales pp. 179.

Cade, T.J. & Dybas, J.A. 1962. Water economy of the Budgerygah. Auk 79: 345–364

Cadenat, J. 1963. Notes d'ichtyologie ouest-africaine. XXXIX. — Notes sur les requins de la famille des Carchariidae et formes apparentées de l'Atlantique ouest-africain (avec la description d'une espèce nouvelle: Pseudocarcharias pelagicus, classée dans un sous-genre nouveau). Bulletin de l'Institut Français d'Afrique Noire A 25(2): 526–543

Cadow, G. 1933. Magen und darm der Fruchttauben. Journal of Ornithology 81: 236–252

Cadwallader, P.L. & Backhouse, G.N. 1983. A Guide to the Freshwater Fish of Victoria. Melbourne : F.D. Atkinson Government Printer 249 pp. figs.

Cahn, P. 1906. Eine neue Form des Roten Riesenkänguruh (Macropus occidentalis). Zoologischer Beobachter 47: 381

Cahn, P. 1907. Zool. Beobachter. 48. 3–4 pp.

Cain, A.J. 1954. Subdivisions of the genus Ptilinopus (Aves: Columbae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zool. 2: 267–284

Cain, A.J. 1955. A revision of Trichoglossus haematodus and of the Australian platycercine parrots. Ibis 97: 432–479

Cairn, E.J. & Grant, R. 1890. Report of a collecting trip to north-eastern Queensland during April to September, 1889. Records of the Australian Museum 1: 27–31

Cairns, S.C. & Grigg, G.C. 1993. Population dynamics of red kangaroos (Macropus rufus) in relation to rainfall in the South Australian pastoral zone. Journal of Applied Ecology 30: 444–458

Cairns, S.C., Pople, A.R. & Grigg, G.C. 1991. Density, distributions and habitat associations of red kangaroos, Macropus rufus, and western grey kangaroos, M. fuliginosus in South Australian pastoral zone. Wildlife Research 18: 377–402

Calabresi, E. 1915. Contributo alla conoscenza dei rettili della Somalia. Monitore Zoologico Italiano 26: 234–247

Calaby, J. & Richardson, B.J. in Walton, D.W. (ed.) 1988. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 5 Mammalia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service pp. x 274.

Calaby, J.H. 1954. Comments on Gilbert's note-book on marsupials. Western Australian Naturalist 4: 147–148

Calaby, J.H. 1956. The food habits of the frog, Myobatrachus gouldii (Gray). Western Australian Naturalist 5: 93–96

Calaby, J.H. 1958. Recent observations on the Naretha Parrot. Western Australian Naturalist 6: 153–154 [Mathews, G.M. 1927. Systema Avium Australasianarum. A systematic list of the birds of the Australasian region. London : British Ornithologists' Union Pt 1 iv 426 pp. (cf. Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.)]

Calaby, J.H. 1960. Observations on the banded ant-eater Myrmecobius f. fasciatus Waterhouse (Marsupialia), with particular reference to its food habits. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 135: 183–207

Calaby, J.H. 1995. Antilopine Wallaroo Macropus antilopinus. pp. 324–325 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Calaby, J.H. 1995. Black Wallaroo Macropus bernardus. pp. 326–327 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Calaby, J.H. 1995. Fawn Antechinus antechinus bellus. pp. 85–86 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Calaby, J.H. 1995. Red-necked Wallaby Macropus rufogriseus. pp. 350–352 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Calaby, J.H. & Keith, K. 1974. Mammals. pp. 179–208 in Frith, H.J. & Calaby, J.H. (eds) Fauna survey of the Port Essington district, Cobourg Peninsula, Northern Territory of Australia. CSIRO Aust. Div. Wldlf. Res. Tech. Pap. No. 28. 208 pp.

Calaby, J.H. & Taylor, J.M. 1974. Type locality of Rattus villosissimus. Australian Mammology 1: 267–268

Calaby, J.H. & Taylor, J.M. 1981. Reproduction in two marsupial-mice, Antechinus bellus and Antechinus bilarni (Dasyuridae), of tropical Australia. Journal of Mammalogy 62: 329–341

Calaby, J.H. & Taylor, J.M. 1983. Breeding in wild populations of the Australian rock rats, Zyzomys argurus and Z. woodwardi. Journal of Mammalogy 64: 610–616

Calaby, J.H., Corbett, L.K., Sharman, G.B. & Johnson, P.G. 1974. The chromosomes and systematic position of the marsupial mole, Notoryctes typhlops. Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 27: 529–532

Caldwell, D.K. 1962. Sea turtles in Baja Californian waters (with special reference to those of the Gulf of California), and the description of a new subspecies of north-eastern Pacific green turtle. Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History Contributions in Science 61: 1–31

Caldwell, D.K. 1962. Western Atlantic fishes of the family Priacanthidae. Copeia 1962(2): 417–424 figs 1–4

Caldwell, H.S. 1977. The Water Buffalo. Rome : FAO/UN pp. xvi 283.

Caley, P. 1993. Population dynamics of feral pigs (Sus scrofa) in a tropical riverine habitat complex. Wildlife Research 20: 625–636

Caley, P. 1994. Factors affecting the success rate of traps for catching feral pigs in a tropical habitat. Wildlife Research 21: 287–292

Caley, P. 1997. Movements, activity patterns and habitat use of feral pigs (Sus scrofa) in a tropical habitat. Wildlife Research 24: 77–88

Caley, P., Spencer, N.J., Cloe, R.A. & Efford, M.G. 1998. The effect of manipulating population density on the probability of den sharing among common brushtail possums, and implications for transmission of bovine tuberculosis. Wildlife Research 25: 383–392

Calford, M.B., Wise, L.Z. & Pettigrew, J.D. 1985. Audiogram of the grey-headed flying-fox, Pteropus poliocephalus (Megachiroptera: Pteropidae). Australian Mammology 8: 309–312

Calhoun, J.B. 1963. The Ecology and Sociology of the Norway Rat. Public Health Service Publication No. 1008. Bethesda : U.S. Dept. Health, Education & Welfare pp. viii 288.

Call, R.N. & Janssens, P.A. 1984. Hypertrophied adrenocortical tissue of the Australian brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula): uniformity during reproduction. Journal of Endocrinology 101: 263–267

Callister, D.J. 1991. A review of the Tasmanian brushtail possum industry. Traffic Bulletin 161: 611–619

Calver, M.C., King, D.R., Gardner, J.L. & Martin, G.R. 1991. Total food consumption of some native Australian small mammals in the laboratory. Australian Mammology 14: 139–141

Calver, M.C., Saunders, D.A. & Porter, B.D. 1987. The diet of nesting Rainbow Bee-eaters, Merops ornatus, on Rottnest Island, Western Australia, and observations on a non-destructive method of diet analysis. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 541–550

Cameron, A.C. 1968. Feeding habits of the Spine-tailed Swift. The Emu 68: 217–219

Campbell, A. 1907. Mus musculus var. M. nudo-plicatus. Zoologist 4 4: 1–3 pl. 1

Campbell, A.G. 1906. Report on the birds of Kangaroo Island: a comparison with mainland forms. The Emu 5(3): 139-145

Campbell, A.G. 1922. New sub-species of Tit-Warblers (Acanthizae). The Emu 22(1): 63-66

Campbell, A.G. 1925. Thornbills of the Genus Geobasileus. The Emu 25(2): 57-68

Campbell, A.J. 1895. Notes on a new species of Arses or Flycatcher. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 2 7: 25-26

Campbell, A.J. 1895. The Gymnorhinae or Australian Magpies, with a description of a New Species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 2 7: 202-213

Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Fan-tailed Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 14: 100–104

Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Narrow-billed Bronze Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 14: 151–153 [Zimmer, J.T. 1926. Catalogue of the Edward E. Ayer Ornithological Library. Field Museum of Natural History Publications, Zoological Series 16: 1–364 (Pt 1, Publ. 239), 365–706 (Pt 2, Publ. 240)]

Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Pallid Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 14: 58–62

Campbell, A.J. 1898. Notes on the Square-tailed Cuckoo. Victorian Naturalist 15: 18–20

Campbell, A.J. 1899. Descriptions of three new Australian birds. Victorian Naturalist 16(1): 3-4

Campbell, A.J. 1899. Provisional description of a new Emu-Wren. Victorian Naturalist 15(9): 116

Campbell, A.J. 1901. Description of a new Wren or Malurus. Victorian Naturalist 17(12): 203-204

Campbell, A.J. 1901. Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds including the geographical distribution of the species and popular observations thereon. Sheffield : A.J. Campbell Pt II pp. 525–1102.

Campbell, A.J. 1901. Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds including the geographical distribution of the species and popular observations thereon. Sheffield : A.J. Campbell Vol. 1 pp. xl + 1-548.

Campbell, A.J. 1901. On a new species of Blue Wren from King Island, Bass Strait. Ibis 8 1: 10-11

Campbell, A.J. 1901. Stray feathers. The Emu 1: 25–26

Campbell, A.J. 1902. Description of a new Microeca from Northern Australia. The Emu 2(2): 85

Campbell, A.J. 1902. Notes on certain Maluri, with a description of a new species. The Emu 1(2): 65-67

Campbell, A.J. 1903. Description of a new Acanthiza. The Emu 2(4): 202-203 [Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B [publication dated as from preface, 12 June 1919 given in Appendix B] (Appendix B) Sherborn, C.D. & Woodward, B.B. 1901. Notes on the dates of publication of the natural history portions of some French voyages - Part 1. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 7: 388–392 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]]

Campbell, A.J. 1904. Remarks on certain Melithrepti. The Emu 4: 70-71

Campbell, A.J. 1906. New fruit-pigeon. The Emu 5: 155

Campbell, A.J. 1908. Description of a New Emu-Wren. The Emu 8: 34-35

Campbell, A.J. 1909. Annotations. The Emu 8: 142-148

Campbell, A.J. 1910. Exhibits — New Species. The Emu 10: 167-169

Campbell, A.J. 1910. Western Australian Birds. The Emu 9(3): 165-166

Campbell, A.J. 1911. Annotations. The Emu 10: 337–339

Campbell, A.J. 1912. Annotations. The Emu 11: 245-248

Campbell, A.J. 1912. New birds for Australia. Royal Australasian Ornithologists' Union Bulletin 3: 1-2

Campbell, A.J. 1912. Western Emu-Wren. The Emu 11(3): 222

Campbell, A.J. 1913. New Yellow Robin. The Emu 12: 191

Campbell, A.J. 1919. Notes on birds from the Gouldian-Gilbert Type-locality, North Australia. The Emu 18(3): 172-188

Campbell, A.J. 1922. Clinclosoma alisteri (Mathews) Black-throated Ground-Bird. The Emu 21(3): 161-162

Campbell, A.J. & Campbell, A.G. 1927. New species of Field-Wren. The Emu 27: 80

Campbell, A.J. & Campbell, A.G. 1928. Discovery of the Winiam Field-Wren (Calamanthus Winiam). The Emu 27(4): 223-224

Campbell, A.J. & Kershaw, J.A. 1913. Notes on a small collection of bird-skins from the Northern Territory. The Emu 12: 274-276

Campbell, A.J. & White, S.A. 1910. Birds identified on the Capricorn Group during expedition of R.A.O.U., 8th to 17th October, 1910. The Emu 10(3): 195-204

Campbell, A.J., Milligan, A.W., Legg, W.V., Mellor, J.W., Basset Hull, A.F. & Hall, R. 1913. Official Check-list of the Birds of Australia. The Emu 12(Suppl.): 1-116

Campbell, C.H. 1966. The death adder. Effect of the bite and its treatment. Medical Journal of Australia 11: 922–925

Canestrini, G. 1869. Sopra alcuni pesci dell' Australia. Archivio per la Zoologia, l'Anatomia e la Fisiologia (Genova) 2 1: 151–155 pl.

Canfield, P.J., Gee, D.R. & Wigney, D.I. 1989. Urinalysis in captive koalas. Australian Veterinary Journal 66: 376–377

Canfield, P.M., O'Neill, M.E. & Smith, E.F. 1989. Haemotological and biochemical reference values for the koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). Australian Veterinary Journal 66: 324–326

Cann, J. 1978. Tortoises of Australia. Sydney : Angus & Robertson pp. 1–79.

Cann, J. 1997. Georges Short-necked Turtle: A new species of short-necked turtle from N.S.W. Monitor (Journal of the Victorian Herpetological Society) 9(1): 18–23

Cann, J. 1997. Irwin's Turtle: A new species of short-necked turtle from Western Australia. Monitor (Journal of the Victorian Herpetological Society) 9(1): 36–40

Cann, J. 1997. Kuchlings Long-necked Turtle: A new species of long-necked turtle from Western Australia. Monitor (Journal of the Victorian Herpetological Society) 9(1): 41–44

Cann, J. 1997. The Northern Yellow-faced Turtle: A new species of short-necked turtle from the N.T. Australia. Monitor (Journal of the Victorian Herpetological Society) 9(1): 24–29, 34–35

Cann, J. 1998. Australian Freshwater Turtles. Sydney & Singapore : John Cann & Beaumont Publishing pp. 292.

Cann, J. & Legler, J.M. 1994. The Mary River Tortoise: A New Genus and Species of Short-necked Chelid from Queensland, Australia (Testudines: Pleurodira). Chelonian Conservation and Biology 1(2): 81–96

Cannon, C.E. 1979. Observations on the food and energy requirements of Rainbow Lorikeets, Trichoglossus haematodus (Aves: Psittacidae). Australian Wildlife Research 6: 337–346

Cannon, C.E. 1981. The diet of Eastern and Pale-headed Rosellas. The Emu 81: 101–110

Cannon, C.E. 1983. Descriptions of foraging behaviour of Eastern and Pale-headed Rosellas. Bird Behaviour 4: 63–70

Cannon, C.E. 1984. Flock size of feeding Eastern and Pale-headed Rosellas (Aves: Psittaciformes). Australian Wildlife Research 11: 349–355

Cannon, C.E. 1984. Movements of lorikeets with an artificially supplemented diet. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 173–179

Cannon, C.E. 1984. Rosellas, Platycercus spp., and their hybrids in the eastern Queensland - New South Wales border region. Australian Zoologist 21: 175–183

Cannon, C.E. 1984. The diet of lorikeets Trichoglossus spp. in the Queensland - New South Wales border region. The Emu 84: 16–22

Cantor, T.E. 1842. General features of Chusan, with remarks on the flora and fauna of that island. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 1 9(53): 481–493

Cantor, T.E. 1850. Catalogue of Malayan fishes. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 18(2): 983–1443 pls 1–14 [dated 1849]

Cantwell, G.E. 1964. A revision of the genus Parapercis, family Mugiloididae. Pacific Science 18(3): 239–280

Capella 1868. Descripção de dois peixes novos provenientes dos mares de Portugal. Journal de Sciencias Mathematicas, Physicas e Naturaes, Lisboa 1(4): 314-316

Cardinal, B.R. & Christidis, L. 2000. Mitochondrial DNA and morphology reveal three geographically distinct lineages of the large bentwing bat (Miniopterus schreibersii) in Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 48: 1-19

Carey, P.W. 1992. Agonistic behaviour in female New Zealand fur seals, Arctocephalus forsteri. Ethology 92: 70–80

Carlsson, A. 1915. Zur Morphologie des Hypsiprymnodon moschatus. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52(6): 1–48

Carmichael, D. 1818. Description of four species of fish found on the coast of Tristan da Cunha. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 12(29): 500–513 pls 24–27

Carnaby, I.C. 1948. Variation in the White-tailed Black Cockatoo. Western Australian Naturalist 1: 136–138 [For publication date Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]

Carpenter, C.C., Badham, J.A. & Kimble, B. 1970. Behavior patterns of three species of Amphibolurus (Agamidae). Copeia 1970: 497–505

Carpenter, C.C., Murphy, J.B. & Carpenter, G.C. 1978. Tail luring in the death adder, Acanthophis antarcticuster, (Reptilia, Serpentes, Elapidae). Journal of Herpetology 12: 574–577

Carpenter, K. 1999. Family Acropomatidae. pp. 2436-2437 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Carpenter, K.E. 1987. Revision of the Indo-Pacific fish family Caesionidae (Lutjanoidea), with descriptions of five new species. Indo-Pacific Fishes 15: 1–56 figs 1–10 pls 1–7

Carpenter, K.E. 1988. FAO Species Catalogue. Fusilier fishes of the World. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of caesionid species known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125, Vol. 8. Rome : FAO 75 pp.

Carpenter, K.E. 1999. Family Ostracoberycidae. pp. 2551-2552 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Carpenter, K.E. 2001. Caesionidae. pp. 2919-2941 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.

Carpenter, K.E. 2001. Girellidae, Scorpididae, Microcanthidae. pp. 3297-3303 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.

Carpenter, K.E. 2001. Lobotidae. pp. 2942-2945 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.

Carpenter, K.E. 2001. Sparidae, Lethrinidae. pp. 2990-3050 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.

Carpenter, K.E. & Allen, G.R. 1989. FAO Species Catalogue. Emperor fishes and large-eye breams of the world (family Lethrinidae). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of lethrinid species known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis. No. 125, Vol. 9. Rome : FAO 118 pp.

Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, T.H. (eds) 2001. The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 5 pp. 2791–3379.

Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, T.H. (eds) 2001. The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6 pp. 3381–4218.

Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds) 1999. The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Batoid fishes, chimaeras and bony fishes part 1 (Elopidae to Linophrynidae). Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds) 1999. The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Carpenter, K.E. & Randall,J.E. 2003. Lethrinus ravus, a new species of emperor fish (Perciformes: Lethrinidae) from the western Pacific and eastern Indian Oceans. Zootaxa 240: 1-8

Carrick, F.N. 1995. Platypus Ornithorhynchus anatinus. pp. 36–38 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Carron, P.L., Happold, D.C.D. & Bubela, T.M. 1990. Diet of two sympatric Australian subalpine rodents, Mastacomys fuscus and Rattus fuscipes. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 479–489

Carruthers, R.K. 1975. Banding and observations of Rainbow Bee-eaters. Australian Bird Bander 13: 71–74

Carstairs, J.L. 1976. Population dynamics and movements of Rattus villosissimus (Waite) during the 1966–69 plague at Brunette Downs, N.T. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 1–9

Carstairs, J.L. 1979. The effect of captivity on fighting by Rattus villosissimus (Rodentia: Muridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 27: 537–545

Carter, M.J. 1969. Dusk ascent of Fork-tailed Swifts. Australian Bird Watcher 3: 168–171

Carter, T 1917. The birds of Dirk Hartog Island and Peron Peninsula, Shark Bay, Western Australia 1916–17. With Nomenclature and Remarks by Gregory M. Mathews, M.B.O.U. Ibis 10 5(4): 564-611

Carter, T. 1908. Description of a supposed new Grass-Wren. Victorian Naturalist 25(5): 86-87

Carter, T. 1912. Notes on Licmetis pastinator (Western Long-billed Cockatoo). Ibis 9 6: 627–634

Carter, T. 1916. Untitled. Bulletin of the British Ornithologists' Club 37: 6-7

Carter, T. & Mathews, G.M. 1920. On a new species of Bower-bird. Ibis 11 2: 499

Carthew, S.M. 1994. Foraging behaviour of marsupial pollinators in a population of Banksia spinulosa. Oikos 69: 133–139

Caruso, J.H. 1981. The systematics and distribution of the lophiid anglerfishes : 1. A revision of the genus Lophiodes with the description of two new species. Copeia 1981(3): 522–549 figs 1–21

Caruso, J.H. 1983. The systematics and distribution of the lophiid anglerfishes : 2. Revisions of the genera Lophiomus and Lophius. Copeia 1983(1): 11–30 figs 1–8

Caruso, J.H. 1985. The systematics and distribution of the lophiid anglerfishes: III. Intergeneric relationships. Copeia 1985(4): 870–875

Caruso, J.H. 1989. A review of the Indo-Pacific members of the deep-water chaunacid anglerfish genus Bathychaunax, with the description of a new species from the eastern Indian Ocean (Pisces: Lophiiformes). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 45(3): 574–579

Caruso, J.H. 1989. Systematics and distribution of Atlantic chaunacid anglerfishes (Pisces: Lophiiformes). Copeia 1989(1): 153–165

Caruso, J.H. 1999. Family Chaunacidae. pp. 2020-2021 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Caruso, J.H. 1999. Family Lophiidae. pp. 2004-2012 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Caruso, J.H. & Bullis, H.R. 1976. A review of the lophiid angler fish genus Sladenia with description of a new species from the Caribbean Sea. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 26(1): 59–64 figs 1–2

Carvalho, M.R. de 1996. Higher-level elasmobranch phylogeny, basal squaleans, and paraphyly. pp. 35-62 in Stiassny, M.L.J., Parenti, L.R. & Johnson, G.D. (eds). Interrelationships of Fishes. San Diego : Academic Press 496 pp.

Carvalho, M.R. de & Séret, B. 2002. Narcine lasti, a new species of numbfish from western Australia and Indonesia (Chondrichthyes: Torpediniformes: Narcinidae). Records of the Western Australian Museum 20: 393–408

Carvalho, M.R. de, Compagno, L.J.V. & Last, P.R. 1999. Family Narcinidae. pp. 1433-1446 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Castelnau, F. 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 7. Fishes of New Caledonia. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 110–122

Castelnau, F.L. de 1872. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 1. The Melbourne fish market. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 1: 29–242 1 pl.

Castelnau, F.L. de 1872. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 2. Note on some South Australian fishes. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 1: 243–248

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 3. Supplement to the fishes of Victoria. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 37–58

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 4. Fishes of South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 59–82

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 5. Notes on fishes from north Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 83–97

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 6. Notes on fishes from Knob Island. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 98–109

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 8. Fishes of Western Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 123–149

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Contribution to the ichthyology of Australia. 9. New sorts for the Victorian fauna. Proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria 2: 150–153

Castelnau, F.L. de 1873. Intercolonial Exhibition Essays, 1872–3. No 5. Notes on the edible fishes of Victoria. pp. 1–17 in, London International Exhibition of 1873 : Official Record. Melbourne.

Castelnau, F.L. de 1875. Researches on the fishes of Australia. Intercolonial Exhibition Essays. 2. pp. 1–52 in, Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition of 1876 : Official Record. Melbourne.

Castelnau, F.L. de 1876. Mémoire sur les poissons appelés barramundi par les Aborigènes du nord-est de l'Australie. Journal de Zoologie (Gervais) 5: 129–136

Castelnau, F.L. de 1878. Australian fishes, new or little known species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 2(3): 225–248 pls 1–2

Castelnau, F.L. de 1878. Notes on the fishes of the Norman River. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 3(1): 41–51

Castelnau, F.L. de 1878. On some new Australian (chiefly) freshwater fishes. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 3(2): 140–144

Castelnau, F.L. de 1879. Essay on the ichthyology of Port Jackson. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1 3(4): 347–402

Castelnau, Le Comte de & Ramsay, E.P. 1877. Notes of a Collection of Birds from the Norman River, Gulf of Carpentaria, with descriptions of some new species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 379-386

Castle, P. & Smith, D. in Smith, D.G., Böhlke, J.E. & Castle, P.H.J. 1981. A revision of the nettastomatid eel genera Nettastoma and Nettenchelys (Pisces : Anguilliformes) with descriptions of six new species. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 94(2): 535–560 figs 1–12

Castle, P.H.J. 1960. Two eels of the genus Pseudoxenomystax from New Zealand waters. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand 88(3): 463–472 figs 1–2

Castle, P.H.J. 1963. The systematics, development and distribution of two eels of the genus Gnathophis (Congridae) in Australasian waters. Zoological Publications of the Victoria University, Wellington (34): 15–47 figs 1–10

Castle, P.H.J. 1964. Congrid leptocephali in Australasian waters with descriptions of Conger wilsoni (Bl. and Schn.) and C. verreauxi Kaup. Zoological Publications of the Victoria University, Wellington (37): 1–44 figs 1–10

Castle, P.H.J. 1964. Deep-sea eels: family Synaphobranchidae. Galathea Report 7: 29–42 figs 1–2

Castle, P.H.J. 1965. Leptocephali of the Nemichthyidae, Serrivomeridae, Synaphobranchidae and Nettastomatidae in Australasian waters. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, Zoology 5(11): 131–146 figs 1–2

Castle, P.H.J. 1965. Moringuid leptocephali in Australasian waters. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, Zoology 7(7): 125–133 fig. 1

Castle, P.H.J. 1965. Ophichthid leptocephali in Australasian waters. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, Zoology 7(6): 97–123 figs 1–3

Castle, P.H.J. 1968. A contribution to a revision of the moringuid eels. Special Publication of the J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology Rhodes University 3: 1–29 figs 1–3

Castle, P.H.J. 1968. Synaphobranch eels from the Southern Ocean. Deep-Sea Research 15: 393–396 fig. 1

Castle, P.H.J. 1968. The congrid eels of the western Indian Ocean and the Red Sea. Ichthyological Bulletin of the J.L.B. Smith Institute, Grahamstown 33: 685–726 fig. 1 pls 105–108

Castle, P.H.J. 1977. Results of the research cruises of the FRV Walther Herwig to South America. 50. A new genus and species of bobtail eel (Anguilliformes, Cyemidae) from the South Atlantic. Archiv für Fischerei Wissenschaft 28: 69–76 figs 1–9

Castle, P.H.J. 1977. The congrid genus Fimbriceps, a synonym of Gnathophis. Copeia 1977(3): 581–582

Castle, P.H.J. 1984. Notacanthiformes and Anguilliformes: development. 62–93 figs 29–43 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760

Castle, P.H.J. 1990. Two new species of the previously monotypic congrid eel genera Poeciloconger and Macrocephenchelys from eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 42(2): 119–126 [dated 1988]

Castle, P.H.J. 1991. Synaphobranch eels from the Southern Ocean. Deep-Sea Research 15: 393-396

Castle, P.H.J. 1994. Families Serrivomeridae, Muraenidae, Nemichthyidae, Congridae. pp. 205-215 figs 182-191 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Print 992 pp. 810 figs.

Castle, P.H.J. 1994. Families Synaphobranchidae, Nettastomatidae, Ophichthidae. pp. 195-203 figs 172-179 in Gomon, M.F., Glover, C.J.M. & Kuiter, R.H. (eds). The Fishes of Australia's South Coast. Adelaide : State Print 992 pp. 810 figs.

Castle, P.H.J. 1995. Alcock's congrid eels from the "Investigator" collections in Indian seas 1888-1894. Copeia 1995(3): 706–718

Castle, P.H.J. & Paxton, J.R. 1984. A new genus and species of luminescent eel (Pisces : Congridae) from the Arafura Sea, Northern Australia. Copeia 1984(1): 72–81 figs 1–6

Castle, P.H.J. & Randall, J.E. 1999. Revision of Indo-Pacific garden eels (Congridae: Heterocongrinae), with descriptions of five new species. Indo-Pacific Fishes 30: 1–52 pls I–III

Castle, P.H.J. & Robertson, D.A. 1974. Early life history of the congrid eels Gnathophis incognitus in New Zealand waters. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 8(1): 95–110 figs 1–7

Castle, P.H.J. & Smith, D.G. 1999. A reassessment of the eels of the genus Bathycongrus in the Indo-west Pacific. Journal of Fish Biology 54(5): 973-995

Castle, P.H.J. & Williamson, G.R. 1975. Systematics and distribution of eels of the Muraenesox group (Anguilliformes, Muraenesocidae). A preliminary report and key. Special Publication of the J.L.B. Smith Institute of Ichthyology Rhodes University 15: 1–9 figs 1–4

Castle, P.J. & McCosker, J.E. 1999. A new genus and two new species of Myrophine worm-eels, with comments on Muraenichthys and Scolecenchelys (Anguilliformes: Ophichthidae). Records of the Australian Museum 51(2, 3): 113–122

Catesby, M. 1771. The Natural History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands. (Revised by G. Edwards). To which is now added a Linnaean index of the animals and plants. London : B. White pp. 100.

Catling, P.C. 1979. Seasonal variation in plasma testosterone and the testis in captive male dingoes, Canis familiaris dingo. Australian Journal of Zoology 27: 939–944

Catling, P.C. 1986. Rattus lutreolus, colonizer of heathland after fire in the absence of Pseudomys species. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 127–139

Catling, P.C. 1988. Similarities and contrasts in the diets of foxes, Vulpes vulpes, and cats, Felis catus, relative to fluctuating prey populations and drought. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 307–317

Catling, P.C. & Burt, R.J. 1995. Why are red foxes absent from some eucalypt forests in eastern New South Wales?. Wildlife Research 22: 535–546

Catling, P.C., Corbett, L.K. & Newsome, A.E. 1992. Reproduction in captive and wild dingoes (Canis familiaris dingo) in temperate and arid environments of Australia. Wildlife Research 19: 195–209

Catling, P.C., Corbett, L.K. & Westcott, M. 1991. Age determination in the dingo and crossbreeds. Wildlife Research 18: 75–83

Catling, P.C., Green, B. & Newgrain, K. 1989. The water fluxes of Rattus fuscipes and Antechinus stuartii before and after a prescribed fire. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 685–687

Cato, D.H. 1991. Songs of humpback whales: the Australian perspective. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 30: 277–290

Caughley, G. & Grigg, G.C. 1982. Numbers and distribution of kangaroos in the Queensland pastoral zone. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 365–371

Caughley, G., Brown, B. & Noble, J. 1985. Movement of kangaroos after a fire in mallee woodland. Australian Wildlife Research 12: 349–353

Caughley, G., Brown, B., Dostine, P. & Grice, D. 1984. The grey kangaroo overlap zone. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 1–10

Caughley, G., Shepherd, N. & Short, J. (eds) 1987. Kangaroos: Their ecology and management in the sheep rangelands of Australia. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press pp. 253.

Caughley, J. 1986. Distribution and abundance of the mountain pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus Broom, in the Kosciusko National Park. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 507–516

Caughley, J. 1986. Distribution and abundance of the pygmy-possum, Burramys parvus Broom, in Kosciusko National Park. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 507–516

Cayley, N.W. 1926. A new Australian Finch. The Scaly-chested Finch, Donacola lepidothorax. The Emu 25(3): 133

Cayley, N.W. 1929. The status of certain species of the genus Ninox, and a description of two new species of that genus. The Emu 28: 161–164 [publication date Mathews, G.M. 1920. Dates of ornithological works. Austral Avian Records 4: 1–27 Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp.]

Cayley, N.W. 1931. What Bird is That? A Guide to the Birds of Australia. Sydney : Angus & Robertson xix 315 pp. XXXVI pls.

Census of Australian Vertebrate Species 2000. CAVS List. ABRS, ABIF Fauna.

Chabanaud, P. 1917. Énumeration des Reptiles non encore ‚tudi‚s de l'Afrique occidentale, appartenant aux collections du Muséum, avec la description des espèces nouvelles. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 23: 83–105

Chabanaud, P. 1929. Remarques sur divers poissons de la famille des Syngnathidae et description de deux espèces nouvelles de l'Inde Archipélagique. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 54: 165–172 figs 1–5

Chabanaud, P. 1930. Description d'un nouvel Aseraggodes (Pisces, Soleidae) du Queensland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 10 5: 241–243

Chabanaud, P. 1930. Les genres de Poissons Hétérosomates [Pisces, Heterostomata] appartenant à la sous-famille des Soleinae. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 555: 1–21

Chabanaud, P. 1931. Beschreibung eines neuen Achirus Lac. (Pisces Soleidae, Soleinae) von Nordaustralien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 93: 95–102

Chabanaud, P. 1934. Les soléidés du groupe Zebrias, définition d'un sous-genre nouveau et description d'une sous-espèce nouvelle. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 59: 420–436

Chabanaud, P. 1943. Notules Ichthyologiques (Sixième series. 20–22.). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 2 15: 289–293

Chabanaud, P. 1948. Description de quatres espèces inédites du genre Symphurus. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 2 20(6): 508–511

Chabanaud, P. 1950. Description d'un nouveau Soléidé originaire de la côte orientals du Queensland. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 2e 22(5): 563–567

Chabanaud, P. 1955. Revision des Symphurus du Siboga. Australian Fisheries 46(5): 43–45

Chabot, D. 1994. Relationship between mass and body length in Australian fur seals. Marine Mammal Science 10: 250

Chaffer, N. & Miller, G. 1946. The Turquoise Parrot near Sydney. The Emu 46: 161–167

Chakraborty, A., Burhanuddin, A.I. & Iwatsuki, Y. 2005. A new species, Trichiurus australis (Perciformes: Trichiuridae) from Australia. Ichthyological Research 52(2): 165–170

Chambers, L.K., Singleton, G.R. & van Wensveen, M. 1996. Spatial heterogeneity in wild populations of house mice (Mus domesticus) on the Darling Downs, south-eastern Queensland. Wildlife Research 23: 23–38

Chan, W.L. 1966. Neocentropogon trimaculatus, a new scorpaenid fish from the South China Sea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 13 8(95/96): 635-639

Chan, W.L. 1966. A new genus and species of deep-sea brotulid from the South China Sea. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 14(1/3): 4–8 figs 1–2

Chan, W.L. 1966. New sharks from South China Sea. Journal of Zoology, London 148: 218–237 figs 1–8 pls 1–3

Chan, W.L. 1967. A new species of congrid eel from the South China Sea. Journal of Natural History 1: 97–112 figs 1–14

Chan, W.L. 1970. A new genus and two new species of commercial snappers from Hong Kong. Hong Kong Fisheries Bulletin 1: 19–38

Chan, W.L. & Chilvers, R.M. 1974. A revision of the Indo-Pacific spariform percoids of the Monotaxinae, with the description of a new genus Wattsia. Hong Kong Fisheries Bulletin 4: 85–95

Chaparro, J.C., Pramuk, J.B. & Gluesenkamp, A.G. 2007. A new species of arboreal Rhinella (Anura: Bufonidae) from cloud forest of southeastern Peru. Herpetologica 63(2): 203-212

Chapleau, F. 1988. Comparative osteology and intergeneric relationships of the tongue soles (Pisces; Pleuronectiformes; Cynoglossidae). Canadian Journal of Zoology 66: 1214–1232

Chapleau, F. 1993. Pleuronectiform relationships: a cladistic reassessment. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 52(1): 516–540 figs 1–7

Chapleau, F. & Keast, A. 1988. A phylogenetic reassessment of the monophyletic status of the Family Soleidae, with comments on the suborder Soleoidei (Pisces: Pleuronectiformes). Canadian Journal of Zoology 66: 2797–2810 figs 1–19

Chapleau, F. & Renaud, C.B. 1993. Paraplagusia sinerama (Pleuronectiformes: Cynoglossidae), a new Indo-Pacific tongue sole with a revised key to species of the genus. Copeia 1993(3): 798–807 figs 1–2

Chapleau, F. & Renaud, C.B. 1993. Paraplagusia sinerama (Pleuronectiformes: Cynoglossidae), a new Indo-Pacific tongue sole with a revised key to species of the genus. Copeia 1993(3): 798–807 figs 1–4

Chapleau, F., Renaud, C.B. & Kailola, P.J. 1991. Paraplagusia longirostris, a new flatfish (Cynoglossidae) from Australia and Papua New Guinea. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 38(3): 239–244 figs 1–3

Chapman, A. 1981. Habitat preference and reproduction of feral house mice, Mus musculus, during plague and non-plague situations in Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 567–579

Chapman, A. & Newbey, K.R. 1995. A vertebrate fauna survey and some notes on the vegetation of the Ravensthorpe Range, Western Australia. CALMScience 1: 465–508

Chapman, D. & Chapman, N. 1975. Fallow Deer: their history, distribution and biology. Lavenham : Terence Dalton pp. 271.

Chapman, F.M. 1894. On the birds of the island of Trinidad. Auk 1(1): 1-86

Chapman, N.G. & Chapman, D.I. 1980. The distribution of fallow deer: a worldwide review. Mammal Review 10: 61–138

Chapman, W.M. & Schultz, L.P. 1952. Review of the fishes of the blennioid genus Ecsenius, with descriptions of five new species. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 102(3310): 507–528 figs 90–96

Charles, N., Whitaker, P. & Shine, R. 1980. Oviparity and captive breeding in the spotted black snake, Pseudechis guttatus (Serpentes: Elapidae). Australian Zoologist 20: 361–364

Chase, J. & Graydon, M.L. 1990. The eye of the northern brown bandicoot, Isoodon macroura. pp. 117–122 in Seebeck, J.H., Brown, P.R., Wallis, R.L. & Kemper, C.M. (eds). Bandicoots and Bilbies. Chipping Norton : Surrey Beatty & Sons pp. 392.

Chasen, F.N. 1933. Notes on the Birds of Christmas Island, Indian Ocean. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 8: 58–61

Chaudhuri, B.L. 1910. Triacanthus weberi, sp. nov. Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal ns 6(9): 497–501 pl. 32

Chauvet, M.T., Coline, T., Hurpet, D. Chauvet, J. & Acher, R. 1983. Marsupial neurohypophysial hormones: identification of mesotocin, lysine vasopressin, and phenypressin in the quokka wallaby. General and Comparative Endocrinology 51: 309–315

Cheal, A.J. & Gales, N.J. 1991. Growth, sexual maturity and food intake of Australian Indian Ocean bottlenose dolphins, Tursiops truncatus, in captivity. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 215–223

Cheal, D.C. 1987. The diets and dietary preferences of Rattus fuscipes and Rattus lutreolus at Walkerville in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 35–44

Checklist Committee, Ornithological Society of New Zealand, Inc. 1990. Checklist of the Birds of New Zealand and the Ross Dependency, Antarctica. Auckland : Random Century xv 247 pp.

Chen, I.-S. & Shao, K.-T. 1997. Fusigobius aureus, a new species of gobiid fish (Perciformes, Gobiidae) from Flores Island, Indonesia. Acta Zoologica Taiwanica 8(2): 87-92

Chen, J.T.F. & Weng, H.T.C. 1965. A review of the flatfishes of Taiwan. Biological Bulletin. Tunghai University (Ichthyology) 25, 27(5): 1–103 figs 1–72

Chen, J.T.F. & Weng, H.T.C. 1967. A review of the Apodal fishes of Taiwan. Biological Bulletin. Tunghai University (Ichthyology) 6 32: 1–86

Chen, L.C. 1981. Scorpaenid fishes of Taiwan. Quarterly Journal of the Taiwan Museum 32(1/2): 1–60 figs 1–51

Chen, X., Dickman, C.R. & Thompson, M.B. 1998. Diet of the mulgara, Dasycercus cristicauda (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae), in the Simpson Desert, central Australia. Wildlife Research 25: 233–242

Chenu, J.C. & Des Murs, O. 1853. Oiseaux. Encyclopédie d'Historie Naturelle. Paris : Marescq & Compagnie.

Chernova, N.V., Stein, D.L. & Andriashev, A.P. 2004. Family Liparidae Scopoli 1777 — snailfishes. Calif. Acad. Sci. Annotated Checklists of Fishes No. 31.. 1–72 pp.

Chilcott, M. & Hume, I.D. 1984. Digestion of Eucalyptus andrewsii foliage by the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus. Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 605-613

Chilcott, M. & Hume, I.D. 1984. Nitrogen and ures metabolism and nitrogen requirements of the common ringtail possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus, fed Eucalyptus andrewsii foliage. Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 615–622

Chilcott, M.J. 1984. Coprophagy in the common Ringtail Possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Mammology 7: 107–110

Chilcott, M.J. & Hume, I.D. 1985. Coprophagy and selective retention of fluid digesta: their role in the nutrition of the common ringtail possum, Pseudocheirus peregrinus. Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 1–15

Chilcott, M.J., Moore, S.A. & Hume, I.D. 1985. Effects of water restriction on nitrogen metabolism and urea recycling in the macropodid marsupials Macropus eugenii (tammar wallaby) and Thylogale thetis (red-necked pademelon). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 155: 759–767

Chimimba, C.T. & Kitchener, D.J. 1987. Breeding in the Australian Yellow-bellied Sheath-tailed Bat, Saccolaimus flaviventris (Peters, 1867) (Chiroptera: Emballonuridae). Records of the Western Australian Museum 13: 241–248

Chimimba, C.T. & Kitchener, D.J. 1991. A systematic revision of Australian Emballonuridae (Mammalia: Chiroptera). Records of the Western Australian Museum 15: 203–265

Chisholm, A.H. 1921. A new Menura: Prince Edward's Lyre-bird. The Emu 20: 221-223

Chisholm, A.H. 1922. The 'Lost' Paradise Parrot. The Emu 22: 4–17

Chisholm, A.H. 1924. Seeking Rare Parrots. The Emu 24: 25–32

Chisholm, A.H. 1932. The White-tailed Kingfisher. The Emu 32: 81–83 pl. 13

Chisholm, A.H. 1945. Birds of the Gilbert diary, Part 2. The Emu 44: 183–200

Chisolm, E.C. 1929. Further additional fauna of the Comboyne Plateau (Reptilia and Amphibia). Australian Zoologist 5: 333–336

Chittleborough, R.G. 1965. Dynamics of two populations of the Humpback Whale, Megaptera novaeangliae (Borowski). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 16: 33–128

Choat, J.H. & Randall, J.E. 1986. A review of the parrotfishes (Family Scaridae) of the Great Barrier Reef of Australia with description of a new species. Records of the Australian Museum 38: 175–228

Chong, G., Heatwole, H. & Firth, B.T. 1973. Panting thresholds of lizards. II. Diel variation in the panting threshold of Amphibolurus muricatus. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology 46A: 827–829

Choquenot, D. 1993. Growth, body condition and demography of wild banteng (Bos javanicus) on Cobourg Peninsula, northern Australia. Journal of Zoology, London 231: 533–542

Choquenot, D. 1995. Assessing visibility bias associated with helocopter counts of feral pigs in Australia's semi-arid rangelands. Wildlife Research 22: 569–578

Choquenot, D. 1995. Donkey Equus asinus. pp. 712–713 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Choquenot, D. 1998. Testing the relative influence of intrinsic and extrinsic variation in food availability on feral pig populations in Australia's rangelands. Journal of Animal Ecology 67: 887–907

Choquenot, D. & Saunders, G. 1993. A comparison of three aging techniques for feral pigs from subalpine and semi-arid habitats. Wildlife Research 20: 163–171

Chrapliwy, P.S., Smith, H.M. & Grant, C. 1961. Systematic status of the geckonid lizard genera Gehyra, Peropus, Hoplodactyluss and Naultinus. Herpetologica 17: 5–12

Christensen, P. 1971. The Purple-crowned Lorikeet and eucalypt pollination. Australian Forestry 35: 263–270

Christensen, P. 1995. Brush-tailed Bettong Bettongia penicillata. pp. 292–293 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Christensen, P. 1995. Western Brush Wallaby Macropus irma. pp. 341–342 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Christensen, P. & Burrows, N. 1995. Project Desert dreaming: the reintroduction of mammals to the Gibson Desert. pp. 199–207 in Serena, M. (ed.). Reintroduction biology of Australian and New Zealand fauna. Chipping Norton : Surrey Beatty.

Christensen, P., Maisey, K. & Perry, D.H. 1984. Radiotracking the numbat, Myrmecobius fasciatus, in the Perup Forest of Western Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 11: 275–288

Christensen, P.E. & Kimber, P.C. 1975. Effect of prescribed burning on the flora and fauna of S.W. Australian forests. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 9: 85–106

Christensen, P.E.S. 1980. The biology of Bettongia penicillata Gray, 1837, and Macropus eugenii (Desmarest, 1817) in relation to fire. Forests Dept. West. Aust. Bull. No. 91 . ix 90 pp.

Christensen, P.E.S. & Leftwich, T. 1980. Observations on the nest-building behaviour of the brush-tailed rat-kangaroo or woylie (Bettongia penicillata). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 63: 33–38

Christensen, V. 1954. Dates of arrival of three bird species. The Emu 54: 72–73

Christian, P.D., Christidis, L. & Schodde, R. 1992. [title]. Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 225-233

Christian, T. 1977. Notes on centralian bluetongues (Tiliqua multifasciata). Victorian Herpetological Society Newsletter 1: 8–9

Christian, T. 1979. Notes on Spencer's monitor (Varanus spenceri). Victorian Herpetological Society Newsletter 14: 13–14

Christian, T. 1981. Varanus tristis a variable monitor. Herpetofauna 12: 7–12

Christidis, L. 1990. Chordata 3B. Aves. Animal Cytogenetics 4. Berlin : Gebrüder Borntraeger 116 pp.

Christidis, L. & Boles, W.E. 1994. The Taxonomy and Species of Birds of Australia and its Territories. Monograph 2. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union iv 112 pp.

Christidis, L. & Boles, W.E. 1994. The Taxonomy and Species of Birds of Australia and its Territories. Monograph 2. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union pp. 112.

Christidis, L. & Boles, W.E. 2008. Systematics and Taxonomy of Australian Birds. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing 288 pp.

Christidis, L. & Schodde, R. 1991. Relationships of Australo-Papuan songbirds-protein evidence. Ibis 133: 277–285

Christidis, L., Horton, P. & Norman, J.A. 2008. Subspeciation in the Short-tailed Grasswren (Amytornis merrotsyi, Maluridae). The Emu 108: 275–282

Christidis, L., Schodde, R., Shaw, D.D. & Maynes, S.F. 1991. Relationships among the Australo-Papuan parrots, lorikeets, and cockatoos (Aves: Psittaciformes): protein evidence. Condor 93: 302–317

Christidis, L., Shaw, D.D. & Schodde, R. 1991b. Chromosomal evolution in parrots, lorikeets and cockatoos (Aves: Psittaciformes). Hereditas (Lund) 114: 47–56

Chu, Y.-T & Hu, A.-S. in Chu, Y.-T., Meng, Q.-W., Hu, A.-S & Li, S. 1981. Description of four new species, a new genus and a new family of elasmobranchiate fishes from deep sea of the South China Sea. Oceanologia et Limnologia Sinica 12(2): 103–116

Chu, Y.-T., Lo, Y.-L. & Wu, H.-L. 1963. A Study on the Classification of the Sciaenoid Fishes of China, with description of new genera and species. Shanghai : Sci. Tech. Press 100 pp. 40 pls. [in Chinese with English summary. Monographs of Fishes of China. Publ. Shanghai Fish. Inst.]

Churchill, D.M. & Christensen, P. 1970. Observations on pollen harvesting by brush-tongued lorikeets. Australian Journal of Zoology 18: 427–437

Churchill, G. 1971. Notes on water pythons (Liasis fuscus). Herpetofauna 3: 8

Churchill, S. 1996. Distribution, habitat and status of the Carpentarian rock-rat, Zyzomys palatalis. Wildlife Research 23: 77–91

Churchill, S. 1997. Habitat use, distribution and conservation status of the nabarlek, P. concinna, and sympatric rock-dwelling mammals, in the Northern Territory. Australian Mammology 19: 297–308

Churchill, S.K. 1991. Distribution, abundance and roost selection of the orange horseshoe-bat, Rhinonycteris aurantius, a tropical cave-dweller. Australian Wildlife Research 18: 343–353

Churchill, S.K. 1995. Reproductive ecology of the orange horseshoe bat, Rhinonycteris aurantius (Hipposideridae : Chiroptera), a tropical cave dweller. Wildlife Research 22: 687–698

Churchill, S.K. & Helman, P.M. 1990. Distribution of the ghost bat, Macroderma gigas (Chiroptera: Megadermatidae) in central South Australia. Australian Mammology 13: 149–157

Churchill, S.K., Hall, L.S. & Helman, P.M. 1984. Observations on long-eared bats (Vespertilionidae: Nyctophilus) from northern Australia. Australian Mammology 7: 17–28

Churchill, S.K., Helman, P.M. & Hall, L.S. 1988. Distribution, populations and status of the orange horseshoe bat, Rhinonicteris aurantius (Chiroptera: Hipposideridae). Australian Mammology 11: 27–33

Clancey, P.A. 1940. Notes on some Birds from Scotland. Ibis 14 4(1): 91-99

Clancy, G. 1980. Azure Kingfisher Display. Australian Birds 14: 56

Clancy, G.P. 1977. Boobook Owls in the Sydney District. Australian Birds 12: 12–13 [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Waterhouse, F.H. 1885. The Dates of Publication of some of the Zoological Works of the late John Gould, F.R.S. London : R.H. Porter xi 59 pp. [Mathews, G.M. 1925. The Birds of Australia. Supplements 4 & 5. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia Pts 1 & 2. London : H.F. & G. Witherby viii 149 pp. Mathews, G.M. 1919. The Birds of Australia. London : Witherby & Co. Vol. 7 pt 5 pp. 385–499 + xii pls 363–370 Appendixes A & B (Appendix B)]]

Clancy, G.P. 1980. White-rumped Swiftlet at Iluka, New South Wales. Australian Birds 15: 4

Clancy, J.H. & Croft, D.B. 1989. Space-use patterns of the common wallaroo Macropus robustus erubescens in the arid zone. pp. 603–609 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, wallabies and rat-kangaroos. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons 835 pp.

Clancy, T.F. & Close, R.L. 1997. Queensland rock-wallabies - An overview of their conservation status, threats and management. Australian Mammology 19: 169–174

Clancy, T.F. & Croft, D.B. 1990. Home range of the common wallaroo, Macropus robustus erubescens in far western New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 659–673

Clancy, T.F. & Croft, D.F. 1992. Population dynamics of the common wallaroo (Macropus robustus erubescens) in arid New South Wales. Wildlife Research 19: 1–16

Clapham, P.J. 1996. The social and reproductive biology of humpback whales: An ecological perspective. Mammal Review 26: 27–49

Clapperton, B.K. & Matthews, L.R. 1996. Trials of electric fencing for restricting the movements of common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr. Wildlife Research 23: 571–579

Claridge, A.W. 1993. Fungal diet of the long-nosed bandicoot (Perameles nasuta) in south-eastern Australia. Victorian Naturalist 110: 86–91

Claridge, A.W. & Cork, S.J. 1994. Nutritional value of hypogeal fungal sporocarps for the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridactylus), a forest dwelling mycophagus marsupial. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 701–710

Claridge, A.W. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 1993. The mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus Ogilby) : disseminator of fungi in the mountain ash forests of the Central Highlands of Victoria?. Victorian Naturalist 110: 91–95

Claridge, A.W. & Lindenmayer, D.B. 1998. Consumption of hypogeous fungi by the mountain brushtail possum (Trichosurus caninus) in eastern Australia. Mycological Research 102: 269–272

Claridge, A.W. & May, T.W. 1994. Mycophagy among Australian mammals. Australian Journal of Ecology 19: 251–275

Claridge, A.W., Cunningham, R.B. & Tanton, M.T. 1993. Foraging patterns of the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridactylus) for hypogeal fungi in mixed-species and regrowth eucalypt forest stands in southeastern Australia. Forest Ecology and Management 61: 75–90

Claridge, A.W., Tanton, M.T. & Cunningham, R.B. 1993. Hypogeal fungi in the diet of the long-nosed potoroo (Potorous tridactylus) in mixed-species and regrowth eucalypt forest stands in south-eastern Australia. Wildlife Research 20: 321–337

Clark, A.H. 1910. A new name for Psephotus multicolor. Auk 27: 80

Clark, E. 1979. Red-Sea fishes of the family Tripterygiidae with descriptions of eight new species. Israel Journal of Zoology 28(2–3): 63–113 pls 1–5

Clark, E. & George, A. 1979. Toxic soles, Pardachirus marmoratus from the Red Sea and P. pavoninus from Japan, with notes on other species. Environmental Biology of Fishes 4(2): 103–123 figs 1–13

Clark, E. & Pohle, M. 1996. Trichonotus halstead, a new sand-diving fish from Papua New Guinea. Environmental Biology of Fishes 45: 1–11

Clark, H.L. 1901. The pterylosis of Podargus: with notes on the pterylography of the Caprimulgi. Auk 18: 167–171

Clark, H.L. 1906. The feather tracts of swifts and humming birds. Auk 23: 68–91

Clark, R.J., Smith, D.G. & Kelso, L.H. 1978. Working Bibliography of Owls of the World with summaries of current taxonomy and distributional status. Washington, D.C. : Raptor Information Center, National Wildlife Federation Scientific/Technical Series Vol. 1 319 pp.

Clark, T.W., Gibbs, J.P. & Goldstraw, P.W. 1995. Some demographics of the extirpation from the wild of eastern barred bandicoots (Perameles gunnii) in 1988-91 near Hamilton, Victoria, Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 22: 289–297

Clarke, C.J. 1965. A comparison between some Australian five-fingered lizards of the genus Leiolopisma Duméril and Bibron (Lacertilia: Scincidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 13: 577–592

Clarke, F.E. 1878. On two new fishes. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 10(30): 243–246 pl. 6

Clarke, F.E. 1879. On some new fishes. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 11(25): 291–295 pls 14–15 [1878]

Clarke, F.E. 1897. On two new globe-fish. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 29: 243–250

Clarke, J. & Loudon, A.S.I. 1985. The effect of differences in herbage height on the grazing behaviour of lactating Bennett's wallabies (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Zoology, London 207: 537–544

Clarke, J.K., Jones, M.E. & Jarman, P.J. 1989. A day in the life of a kangaroo: activities and movements of eastern grey kangaroos Macropus giganteus at Wallaby Creek. pp. 611–618 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, wallabies and rat-kangaroos. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons 835 pp.

Clarke, J.L., Jones, M.E. & Jarman, P.J. 1995. Diurnal and nocturnal grouping and foraging behaviours of free-ranging eastern grey kangaroos. Australian Journal of Zoology 43: 519–529

Clarke, T.A. 1974. Some aspects of the ecology of stomiatoid fishes in the Pacific Ocean near Hawaii. Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 72(2): 337–351 figs 1–5

Clarke, T.A. 1984. Diet and morphological variation in snipefishes, presently recognized as Macrorhamphosus scolopax, from southeast Australia: evidence for two sexually dimorphic species. Copeia 1984(3): 595–608

Clarke, T.A. 1998. Pelagic fishes of the genus Eustomias (Melanostomiidae) presently associated with Eustomias achirus Parin and Pokhilskaya with description of five new species. Copeia 1998(3): 676-686

Clarke, T.A. 2000. Review of nine species of north Atlantic Eustomias, subgenus Dinematochirus (Pisces: Stomiidae), with descriptions of two new species. Copeia 2000(1): 96-111

Clarke, T.A. 2001. Pelagic fishes of the genus Eustomias, subgenus Dinematochirus (Stomiidae), in the Indo-Pacific, with the description of twelve new species. Copeia 2001(3): 683–699

Clayton, M., Wombey, J., Mason, I.J., Chesser, R.T. & Wells, A. 1998. CSIRO List of Australian Verebrates: A Reference with Conservation Status. Collingwood : CSIRO Publishing iv 162 pp.

Clayton, M., Wombey, J.C., Mason, I.J., Chesser, R.T. & Wells, A. 2005. CSIRO List of Australian Vertebrates a reference with conservation status. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishers pp. 162.

Clayton, M., Wombey, J.C., Mason, I.J., Chesser, R.T. & Wells, A. 2006. CSIRO List of Australian Vertebrates: A Reference With Conservation Status. Collingwood, VIC : CSIRO Publishing pp. 162.

Clegg, S.M., Hale & Moritz, C. 1998. Molecular population genetics of the red kangaroo (Macropus rufus): mtDNA variation. Molecular Ecology 7: 679–686

Cleland, J.B. 1918. The food of Australian birds. An investigation into the character of the stomach and crop contents. N.S.W. Dept. Agri. Sci. Bull. No. 15 112 pp.

Cleland, J.B. & Sims, E.B. 1968. Food of the Glossy Black Cockatoo. South Australian Ornithologist 25: 47

Clements, K.D. & Randall, J.E. 1996. Four new records of surgeonfishes (Perciformes: Acanthuridae) from the Great Barrier Reef. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39(2): 339–342

Clements, K.D., Alfaro, M.E., Fessler, J.L. & Westneat, M.W. 2004. Relationships of the temperate Australasian labrid fish tribe Odacini (Perciformes; Teleostei). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 32: 575–587

Clements, K.D., Jawad, L.A. & Stewart, A.L. 2000. The New Zealand triplefin Grahamina signata (Teleostei; Tripterygiidae): a junior synonym of G. gymnota from Tasmania. Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 30(4): 373-384 fig. 1

Cleva, G.M., Stone, G.M. & Dickens, R.K. 1994. Seasonal changes in haematocrit in captive koalas (Phascolarctos cinereus). Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 233–236

Cleva, G.M., Stone, G.M. & Dickens, R.K. 1994. Variation in reproductive parameters in the captive male koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 6: 713–720

Cloquet, H. 1816. In, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, dans lequel on Traité Méthodiquement des Differens Etres de la Nature. Paris & Strasbourg.

Cloquet, H. 1816. [Poissons]. In, Levrault, F.G. (ed.) Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Strasbourg Vol. 1 suppl. 138 pp.

Cloquet, H. 1817. [Poissons]. In, Levrault, F.G. (ed.) Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Strasbourg Vol. 8 369 pp.

Close, R.L. 1984. Rates of sex chromosome loss during development in different tissues of the bandicoots Perameles nasuta and Isoodon macrourus (Marsupialia: Peramelidae). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 37: 53–61

Close, R.L. & Bell, J.N. 1990. Age estimation of pouch young of the allied rock-wallaby (Petrogale assimilis) in captivity. Australian Wildlife Research 17: 359–367

Close, R.L., Eldridge, M.D.B., Bell, J.N. & Reside, J. 1994. A genetic study of the brush-tailed rock wallaby Petrogale penicillata in East Gippsland and relevance for management of the species in Victoria. Pacific Conservation Biology 1: 367–371

Close, R.L., Ingleby, S., Oorschot, R.A.H. van, Gooley, A.A., Briscoe, D.A. & Sharman, G.B. 1988. Identification of rock-wallabies, Petrogale penicillata (Gray, 1825), from the Grampians, Victoria, and comparison with conspecifics by examination of chromosomes, blood proteins, cell surface antigens, parasites and morphology. Australian Journal of Zoology 36: 99–110

Clout, M. 1989. Foraging behaviour of Glossy Black-Cockatoos. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 467–473 [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]

Clout, M.N. 1982. Determination of age in the brushtail possum using sections from decalcified molar teeth. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 9: 365–371

Clout, M.N. 1982. Exploitation of brushtail possum populations in theory and practice. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 5: 29–35

Clout, M.N. & Efford, M.G. 1984. Sex differences in the dispersal and settlement of brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula). Journal of Animal Ecology 53: 737–749

Clout, M.N. & Gaze, P.D. 1984. Brushtail possums (Trichosurus vulpecula Kerr) in New Zealand beech (Nothofagus) forest. New Zealand Journal of Ecology 7: 147–155

Clutton-Brock, J. 1981. Domesticated Animals from Early Times. London : British Museum pp. 208.

Clutton-Brock, T.H., Guinness, F.E. & Albon, S.D. 1982. Red Deer Behavior and Ecology of Two Sexes. Edinburgh : Edinburgh Univ. Press pp. xxii 378.

Coates, B.J. 1985. The Birds of Papua New Guinea, including the Bismarck Archipelago and Bougainville. Non-Passerines. Alderley, Qld : Dove Publications Vol. 1 464 pp. 493 pls.

Coates, B.J. 1990. The Birds of Papua New Guinea including the Bismarck Archipelago and Bougainville. Alderley : Dove Publications.

Cocciolone, R.A. & Timms, P. 1992. DNA profiling of Queensland koalas reveals sufficient variability for individual identification and parentage determination. Wildlife Research 19: 279–287

Cocco, A. 1829. Su di alcuni pesci de'mari di Messina. Giornale di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti per la Sicilia (Palermo) 7 26(77): 138–147

Cocco, A. 1833. Cenni sui genera Ruvettus e sui caratteri che lo distinguone. Osservationes Peloritani 13: 18

Cocco, A. 1833. Su di alcuni pesci de'mari di Messina. Giornale di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti per la Sicilia (Palermo) 42(124): 9–21 pl.

Cocco, A. 1838. Su di alcuni Salmonidi del mare di Messina; lettera al Ch. D. Carle Luciano Bonaparte. Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali. Bologna 1(2): 161–194 pls 5–8

Cocco, A. 1839. Sopra un nuova genere di pesci dello famiglia de'Centrolofini e di una nuova species di Trachurus. Innominata Messina 3(7): 56–59

Cochran, D.M. 1961. Type specimens of reptiles and amphibians in the United States National Museum. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 220: 1–291

Cochran, D.M. & Goin, C.J. 1970. Frogs of Colombia. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 288: i–xii, 1–655

Cockburn, A. 1978. The distribution of Pseudomys shortridgei (Muridae: Rodentia) and its relevance to that of other heathland Pseudomys. Australian Wildlife Research 5: 213–219

Cockburn, A. 1980. The diet of the New Holland Mouse (Pseudomys novaehollandiae) and the House Mouse (Mus musculus) in a Victorian coastal heathland. Australian Mammology 3: 31–34

Cockburn, A. 1981. Diet and habitat preference of the Silky Desert Mouse, Pseudomys apodemoides (Rodentia). Australian Wildlife Research 8: 475–497

Cockburn, A. 1981. Population processes of the Silky Desert Mouse Pseudomys apodemoides (Rodentia), in mature heathlands. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 499–514

Cockburn, A. 1981. Population regulation and dispersion of the Smoky Mouse, Pseudomys fumeus I. Dietary determinants of microhabitat preference. Australian Journal of Ecology 6: 231–254

Cockburn, A. 1981. Population regulation and dispersion of the Smoky Mouse, Pseudomys fumeus 2. Spring decline, breeding success and habitat heterogeneity. Australian Journal of Ecology 6: 255–266

Cockburn, A. 1992. The duration of lactation in Antechinus stuartii (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 195–204

Cockburn, A. 1995. Heath Rat Pseudomys shortridgei. pp. 617–618 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Cockburn, A. 1995. Silky Mouse Pseudomys apodemoides. pp. 585–586 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Cockburn, A. 1995. Smoky Mouse Pseudomys fumeus. pp. 598–599 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Cockburn, A. & Lazenby-Cohen, K.A. 1992. Use of nest trees by Antechinus stuartii, a semelparous lekking marsupial. Journal of Zoology, London 226: 657–680

Cockburn, A., Braithwaite, R.W. & Lee, A.K. 1981. The response of the heath rat, Pseudomys shortridgei, to pyric succession: a temporally dynamic life-history strategy. Journal of Animal Ecology 50: 649–666

Cockerell, T. D. A. 1916. Some Australian fish-scales. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 5: 52–57

Cockrill, W.R. (ed.) 1974. The Husbandry and Health of the Domestic Buffalo. Rome : FAO/UN pp. xvi 993.

Cocteau, J.T. 1836. Études sur les Scincoïdes. Paris.

Cocteau, J.T. 1837. Tabulae synopticae Scincoideorum (rapport sur un ouvrage manuscrit de M. le Docteur Cocteau, par M. Duméril). Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 4: 14–17

Cocteau, J.T. 1838. Reptiles de l'île de Cuba. In Sagra, R. de la Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de l'île de Cuba. Paris : de Arthus Bertrand.

Cogger, H. in Cogger, H., Cameron, E.E. & Cogger, H.M. 1983. Amphibia. pp. 1–56 in Walton, D.W. (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia, Vol. 1. Amphibia and Reptilia. Netley, South Australia : Griffin Press Ltd pp. vi 313.

Cogger, H., Cameron, E.E. & Cogger, H.M. 1983. Amphibia. pp. 1–56 in Walton, D.W. (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia, Vol. 1. Amphibia and Reptilia. Netley, South Australia : Griffin Press Ltd pp. vi 313.

Cogger, H.G. 1957. Investigations in the gekkonid genus Oedura Gray. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 82: 167–179

Cogger, H.G. 1960. The ecology, morphology, distribution and speciation of a new species and subspecies of the genus Egernia (Lacertilia: Scincidae). Records of the Australian Museum 25: 95–105

Cogger, H.G. 1964. The comparative osteology and systematic status of the gekkonid genera Afroedura Loveridge and Oedura Gray. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 89: 364–372

Cogger, H.G. 1966. A new hylid frog from Australia. Australian Zoologist 13: 220–227

Cogger, H.G. 1970. First record of the pitted-shelled turtle, Carettochelys insculpta, from Australia. Search 1: 41

Cogger, H.G. 1971. The reptiles of Lord Howe Island. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 96: 23–38

Cogger, H.G. 1974. Thermal relations of the mallee dragon, Amphibolurus fordi (Lacertilia: Agamidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 22: 319–339

Cogger, H.G. 1975. New lizards of the genus Pseudothecadactylus (Lacertilia: Gekkonidae) from Arnhem Land and northwestern Australia. Australian Museum Records 30: 87–97

Cogger, H.G. 1975. The sea snakes of Australia and New Guinea. pp. 59–139 in Dunson, W. (ed.). The Biology of Sea Snakes. Baltimore : University Park Press.

Cogger, H.G. 1978. Reproductive cycles, fat body cycles and socio-sexual behaviour in the mallee dragon, Amphibolurus fordi (Lacertilia: Agamidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 26: 653–672

Cogger, H.G. 1979. Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia. Sydney : A.H. & A.W. Reed pp. 608.

Cogger, H.G. 1983. in Cogger, H.G., Cameron, E.E. & Cogger, H.M. Amphibia and Reptiles. In Walton, D.W. (ed.) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 1. Netley, South Australia : Griffin Press Ltd. vi 313 pp.

Cogger, H.G. 1994. Reptiles and amphibians of Australia. Sydney : Reed Books pp. 788. [(with revised Appendix)]

Cogger, H.G. 1999. Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia. Sydney : Reed/Reed New Holland.

Cogger, H.G. 2000. Reptiles & Amphibians of Australia. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 1-808.

Cogger, H.G. 2000. Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 1–808.

Cogger, H.G. 2002. This checklist.

Cogger, H.G. & Lindner, D.A. 1969. Marine turtles in northern Australia. Australian Zoologist 15: 150–159

Cogger, H.G. & Lindner, D.A. 1974. Frogs and reptiles in fauna survey of the Port Essington District, Cobourg Peninsula, Northern Territory of Australia. In Frith, H.J. & Calaby, J.H. (eds) CSIRO Div. Wildl. Res. Tech. Pap. 28: 63–107.

Cogger, H.G. & Lindner, D.A. 1974. Frogs and reptiles. Fauna Survey of the Port Essington District, Cobourg Peninsula, Northern Territory of Australia. In Frith, H.J. & Calaby, J.H. (eds) CSIRO Div. Wildlf. Tech. Pap. 28: 63–107.

Cogger, H.G., Cameron, E.E. & Cogger, H.M. 1983. Amphibia and Reptiles. In Walton, D.W. (ed.) Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 1. Netley, South Australia : Griffin Press Ltd. vi 313 pp.

Cohen, D.M. 1958. A revision of the fishes of the subfamily Argentininae. Bulletin of the Florida State Museum, Biological Sciences 3(3): 93–172 figs 1–9

Cohen, D.M. 1958. Two new species of Bathylagus from the western North Atlantic with notes on other species. Breviora 98: 1–9

Cohen, D.M. 1961. A new genus and species of deepwater ophidioid fish from the Gulf of Mexico. Copeia 1961(3): 288–292

Cohen, D.M. 1964. Suborder Argentinoidea. In, Olsen, Y.H. (ed.) Fishes of the Western North Atlantic. Memoir. Sears Foundation of Marine Research 1(4): 1–70 figs 1–20

Cohen, D.M. 1966. A new tribe and a new species of ophidioid fish. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 79(28): 183–204 figs 1–5

Cohen, D.M. 1973. Family Eretmophoridae. pp. 322–326 in Hureau, J.C. & Monod, Th. (eds). Check-list of the Fishes of the North-eastern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean. CLOFNAM 1. Paris : UNESCO 683 pp.

Cohen, D.M. 1973. Family Melanonidae. pp. 327 in Hureau, J.C. & Monod, Th. (eds). Check-list of the Fishes of the North-eastern Atlantic and of the Mediterranean. CLOFNAM 1. Paris : UNESCO 683 pp.

Cohen, D.M. 1981. New and rare ophidiiform fishes from the eastern Atlantic: Canary Islands to the Cape of Good Hope. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 94(4): 1085–1103 figs 1–7

Cohen, D.M. 1984. Gadiformes: overview. 259–265 figs 135–137 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760

Cohen, D.M. 1987. Notes on the bythitid fish genus Saccogaster with a new species from the Gulf of Mexico. Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History Contributions in Science 385: 1-4

Cohen, D.M. 1990. Families Bregmacerotidae, Euclichthyidae, Gadidae. pp. 16–89 in Cohen, D.M., Inada, T., Iwamoto, T. & Scialabba, N. FAO Species Catalogue. Gadiform fishes of the world (order Gadiformes). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of cods, hakes, grenadiers and other gadiform fishes known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125. Rome : FAO Vol. 10 442 pp.

Cohen, D.M. 1990. Families Moridae, Muraenolepididae. pp. 346–384 in Cohen, D.M., Inada, T., Iwamoto, T. & Scialabba, N. FAO Species Catalogue. Gadiform fishes of the world (order Gadiformes). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of cods, hakes, grenadiers and other gadiform fishes known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125. Rome : FAO Vol. 10 442 pp.

Cohen, D.M. 1990. Family Melanonidae. pp. 138 in Cohen, D.M., Inada, T., Iwamoto, T. & Scialabba, N. FAO Species Catalogue. Gadiform fishes of the world (order Gadiformes). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of cods, hakes, grenadiers and other gadiform fishes known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125. Rome : FAO Vol. 10 442 pp.

Cohen, D.M. & Atsaides, S.P. 1970. Additions to a revision of argentinine fishes. Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 68(1): 13–36 figs 1–13

Cohen, D.M. & Davis, W.P. 1969. Vertical orientation in a new gobioid fish from New Britain. Pacific Science 23(3): 317–324 figs 1–3

Cohen, D.M. & Hutchins, J.B. 1982. Description of a new Dinematichthys (Ophidiiformes : Bythitidae) from Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 9(4): 341–347 figs 1–3

Cohen, D.M. & Nielsen, J.G. 1978. Guide to the identification of genera of the fish order Ophidiiformes with a tentative classification of the order. National Marine Fisheries Service (U.S.). Technical Report 417: 1–72 figs 1–103

Cohen, D.M. & Nielsen, J.G. 1982. Spottobrotula amaculata, a new ophidiid fish from the Philippines. Copeia 1982(3): 497–500 fig. 1

Cohen, D.M. & Nielsen, J.G. 2002. Diplacanthopoma kreffti (Pisces, Bythitidae), a new species from the northwest Australian shelf, with comments on the name D. alcockii Goode and Bean, 1896. Archive of Fishery and Marine Research 50(1): 11-15

Cohen, D.M. & Robins, C.R. 1986. A review of the ophidiid fish genus Sirembo with a new species from Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 22(2): 253–263 pls 1–2

Cohen, D.M. & Rohr, B.A. 1993. Description of a giant circumglobal Lamprogrammus species (Pisces: Ophidiidae). Copeia 1993(2): 470–475 figs 1–2

Cohen, D.M. (ed.) 1989. Papers on the systematics of gadiform fishes. Science Series. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County 32: 1–262

Cohen, D.M., Hensley, D.A. & Kimmel III, J.J. 1991. The deepsea ophidiid fish genus Lamprogrammus, a senior synonym of Bassobythites, with notes on the synonymy and distribution of L. brunswigi. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 38(2): 125–132

Cohen, D.M., Inada, T., Iwamoto, T. & Scialabba, N. 1990. FAO Species Catalogue. Gadiform fishes of the world (order Gadiformes). An annotated and illustrated catalogue of cods, hakes, grenadiers and other gadiform fishes known to date. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125. Rome : FAO Vol. 10 442 pp.

Colagross, A.M.L. & Cockburn, A. 1993. Vigilance and groupings in the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus. Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 325–334

Cole, C.F. 1913. Description of a new Sericornis. The Emu 13(2): 74-75

Cole, C.F. 1919. Notes upon the food of the Yellow Parrot (Platycercus flaveolus). The Emu 18: 272–285

Cole, J.R. & Gibson, D.F. 1990. Distribution of stripe-faced dunnarts Sminthopsis macroura and desert dunnarts S. youngsoni (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae) in the Northern Territory. Australian Mammology 14: 129–131

Cole, J.R., Langford, D.G. & Gibson, D.F. 1994. Capture myopathy in Lagorchestes hirsutus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammology 17: 137–138

Colefax, A.N. 1956. New information on the corroboree frog (Pseudophryne corroboree Moore). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 80: 258–266

Coleman, E. 1946. Foods of the Tawny Frogmouth. Victorian Naturalist 63: 111–115

Coleman, E. 1946. Voices of the Frogmouth and his Nightjar relations. Victorian Naturalist 63: 123–125

Coleman, G.J., O'Reilly, H.M. & Armstrong, S.M. 1989. Food-deprivation induced phase shifts in Sminthopsis macroura froggatti. Journal of Biological Rhythms 4: 49–60

Coleman, J.D. & Green, W.O. 1984. Variations in the sex and age distributions of brush-tailed possum populations. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 11: 313–318

Coleman, J.D., Green, W.Q. & Polson, J.G. 1985. Diet of brushtail possums over a pasture-alpine gradient in Westland, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 12: 21–35

Coleman, N. 1974. Australian Marine Fishes in Colour. Sydney : A.H. & A.W. Reid pp. 108.

Coleman, N. 1980. Australian Sea Fishes South of 30ºS. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 309 pp.

Coleman, N. 1981. Australian Sea Fishes North of 30°S. Lane Cove, NSW : Doubleday Australia Pty Ltd 297 pp.

Coleman, N. 1996. Australia's Sharks & Rays. Frenchs Forest : National pp. 63.

Coles, R.B. & Guppy, A. 1986. Biophysical aspects of directional hearing in the tammar wallaby, Macropus eugenii. Journal of Experimental Biology 121: 371–394

Colgan, D., Flannery, T.F., Trimble, J. & Aplin, K. 1993. Electrophoresis and morphological analysis of the systematics of the Phalanger orientalis (Marsupialia) species complex in Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 355–378

Colgan, D.J. & Flannery, T.F. 1992. Biochemical systematic studies in the genus Petaurus (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 245–256 [Thomas, O. 1888. Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History). London : British Museum xiii 401 pp. 28 pls [3 Nov. 1888]]

Colgan, D.J. & Paxton, J.R. 1997. Biochemical genetics and recognition of a western stock of the common gemfish, Rexea solandri (Scombroidea: Gempylidae). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 48(2): 103–118

Collett, R. 1879. Fiske fra Nordhvas-Expeditiones sidste Togt, Sommeren 1878. Bulletin of the Mauritius Institute 1878(14): 1–106

Collett, R. 1884. Echidna acanthion, en sandsynligvis ubeskreven art myre-pindsvin fra Nord-Queensland. Bulletin of the Mauritius Institute 1884(13): 1–12

Collett, R. 1884. On some apparently new marsupials from Queensland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1884: 381–389 pls 29–32 [1 Oct. 1884]

Collett, R. 1886. On a pediculate fish from the sea off Madeira. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1886: 138–143 pl. 15

Collett, R. 1887. On a collection of mammals from central and northern Queensland. Zoologische Jahrbücher 2: 829–940

Collett, R. 1889. Diagnoses de poissons nouveaux provenant des campagnes de l'Hirondelle. III. Description d'une espèce nouvelle du genre Hoplostethus. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 14: 306

Collett, R. 1895. On a new Pseudochirus from N.W. Australia. Zoologischer Anzeiger 18(490): 464–468 [2 Dec. 1895]

Collett, R. 1896. Poissons provenant des campagnes du yacht l'Hirondelle (1885–1888). Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies par le Prince Albert I, Monaco 10: 1–198 pls 1–6

Collett, R. 1897. On a collection of mammals from north and north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1897: 317–336 pl. 23 [1 Aug. 1897]

Collett, R. 1898. On some pigeons and parrots from north and north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1898: 353–357

Collett, R. 1905. On some fishes from the sea off the Azores. Zoologischer Anzeiger 28(21/22): 723–730

Collette, B.B. 1974. The garfishes (Hemiramphidae) of Australia and New Zealand. Records of the Australian Museum 29(2): 11–105 figs 1–23

Collette, B.B. 1986. Family No. 249: Scombridae. pp. 831–838, 20 figs in Smith, M.M. & Heemstra, P.C. (eds). Smith's Sea Fishes. Johannesburg : Macmillan South Africa xx 1047 pp. 144 pls.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Family Belonidae. pp. 2151-2161 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Family Coryphaenidae. pp. 2656-2658 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Vol. 4 pp. 2069-2790.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Family Echeneidae. pp. 2652-2654 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Family Hemiramphidae. pp. 2180-2196 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Family Pomatomidae. pp. 2650 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Family Rachycentridae. pp. 2655 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Vol. 4 pp. 2069–2790.

Collette, B.B. 1999. Mackerels, molecules, and morphology. pp. 149–164 in Séret, B. & Sire, J.-Y (eds). Proceedings of the 5th Indo-Pacific Fish Conference. Nouméa, 3–8 November 1997. Paris : Société Française d'Ichthyologie & Institut de Recherche pour le Développement pp. 888.

Collette, B.B. 2001. Ammodytidae. pp. 3518 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6 pp. 3381–4218.

Collette, B.B. 2001. Scombridae. pp. 3721-3756 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 6 pp. 3381–4218.

Collette, B.B. 2003. Family Belonidae Bonaparte 1832 — needlefishes. California Academy of Sciences Annotated Checklists of Fishes 16: 1-22

Collette, B.B. 2004. Family Hemiramphidae Gill 1859 — halfbeaks. California Academy of Sciences Annotated Checklists of Fishes 22: 1–35

Collette, B.B. & Aadland, C.R. 1996. Revision of the frigate tunas (Scombridae, Auxis), with descriptions of two new subspecies from the eastern Pacific. Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 94(3): 423–441 figs 1–13

Collette, B.B. & Banarescu, P. 1977. Systematics and zoogeography of the fishes of the family Percidae. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada 34(10): 1450–1463 figs 1–27

Collette, B.B. & Berry, F.H. 1965. Recent studies on the needlefishes (Belonidae) : an evaluation. Copeia 1965(3): 386–392

Collette, B.B. & Chao, L.N. 1975. Systematics and morphology of the bonitos (Sarda) and their relatives (Scombridae, Sardini). Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 73(3): 516–625 figs 1–70

Collette, B.B. & Gillis, G.B. 1992. Morphology, systematics, and biology of the double-lined mackerels (Grammatorcynus, Scombridae). Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 90: 13–53, 27 figs

Collette, B.B. & Nauen, C.E. 1983. FAO Species Catalogue. Scombrids of the world. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of tunas, mackerels, bonitos and related species known to date. Fisheries Synopsis No. 125, Vol. 2. Rome : FAO. 137 pp. 81 figs

Collette, B.B. & Parin, N.V. 1970. Needlefishes (Belonidae) of the eastern Atlantic Ocean. Atlantide Report 11: 7–60 figs 1–13

Collette, B.B. & Randall, J.E. 2000. Ammodytoides leptus, a new species of sand lance (Teleostei: Ammodytidae) from Pitcairn Island. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 113: 397-400

Collette, B.B. & Russo, J.L. 1980. Scomberomorus munroi, a new species of Spanish mackerel from Australia and New Guinea. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 31(2): 241–250 figs 1–3

Collette, B.B. & Russo, J.L. 1985. Interrelationships of the spanish mackerels (Pisces: Scombridae: Scomberomorus) and their copepod parasites. Cladistics 1(2): 151–158, figs 1–15

Collette, B.B. & Russo, J.L. 1985. Morphology, systematics, and biology of the Spanish mackerels (Scomberomorus, Scombridae). Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 82: 545–692, 70 figs

Collette, B.B. & Su, J.-X. 1986. The halfbeaks (Pisces, Beloniformes, Hemiramphidae) of the Far East. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 138: 250-302

Collette, B.B., McGowen, G.E., Parin, N.V. & Mito, S. 1984. Beloniformes: development and relationships. 335–354 figs 172–185 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760

Collette, B.B., Potthoff, T., Richards, W.J., Ueyanagi, S., Russo, J.L. & Nishikawa, Y. 1984. Scombroidei: Development and Relationships. 591–620 in Moser, H.G. et al. (eds). Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Special Publicaton 1: 1–760

Collette, B.B., Reeb, C. & Block, B.A. 2001. Systematics of the tunas and mackerels (Scombridae). pp. 1–33 in Block, B.A & Stevens, E.D. (eds). Tuna: physiology, ecology, and evolution. Fish Physiology. London : Academic Press Vol. 19 pp. 350.

Collins, B.G., Wooller, R.D. & Richardson, K.C. 1988. Torpor by the honey possum, Tarsipes rostratus (Marsupialia: Tarsipedidae), in response to food shortage and low environmental temperature. Australian Mammology 11: 51–57

Collins, C.T. & Brooke, R.K. 1976. A review of the swifts of the genus Hirundapus (Aves: Apodidae). Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History Contributions in Science 282: 1–22

Collins, P. 1983. Morphological features of the surface of the subcommisural organ and aqueduct in the red necked wallaby (Wallabia rufogrisea). Journal of Anatomy 137: 665–674

Collins, S.P. & Baron, M.P. 1981. Demersal and pelagic trawling survey of the M.T. Denebola in southern Australian waters, 1979–80 summer. Tasmanian Fisheries Research 24: 2–48 figs 1–22

Collins, W.R. 1973. Monotremes and Marsupials a Reference for Zoological Institutions. Washington : Smithsonian Institution Press pp. vi 323.

Collins, [D.] 1802. An Account of the English Colony of New South Wales, from its first settlement, in January 1788, to August 1801 …. London : T. Cadell jun. & W. Davies pp. 2 xvi 336.

Coman, B.J. 1988. The age structure of a sample of red foxes (Vulpes vulpes L.) taken by hunters in Victoria. Australian Wildlife Research 15: 223–229

Coman, B.J., Robinson, J. & Beaumont, C. 1991. Home range, dispersal and density of red foxes (Vulpes vulpes L.) in central Victoria. Wildlife Research 18: 215–223

Commonwealth of Australia 2005. National Marine Bioregionalisation of Australia. Summary. Canberra : Department of Environment and Heritage 142 pp.

Compagno, L J.V. & Stevens, J.D. 1993. Galeus gracilis n. sp., a new sawtail catshark from Australia, with comments on the systematics of the genus Galeus Rafinesque, 1810 (Carcharhiniformes: Scyliorhinidae). Records of the Australian Museum 45(2): 171–194

Compagno, L.J.V. 1970. Systematics of the genus Hemitriakis (Selachii : Carcharhinidae), and related genera. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences 38(4): 63–98 figs 1–8

Compagno, L.J.V. 1973. Interrelationships of living elasmobranchs. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 53(suppl. 1): 15–61 pls 1–2

Compagno, L.J.V. 1977. Phyletic relationships of living sharks and rays. American Zoologist 17(2): 303-322

Compagno, L.J.V. 1984. FAO Species Catalogue. Sharks of the World. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of shark species known to date. Carcharhiniformes. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125 Vol. 4 Pt 2. Rome : FAO pp. 251–655.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1984. FAO Species Catalogue. Sharks of the World. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of shark species known to date. Hexanchiformes to Lamniformes. FAO Fisheries Synopsis No. 125 Vol. 4 Pt 1. Rome : FAO pp. 1–249.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1984. Sharks. [unnumbered pages]. In, Fischer, W. & Bianchi, G. (eds) FAO Species Identification Sheets for Fishery Purposes. Western Indian Ocean (Fishing Area 51). Rome : FAO Vol. 5.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1988. Sharks of the Order Carcharhiniformes. Princeton, New Jersey : Princeton University Press 572 pp.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1998. Families Ginglymostomatidae, Stegostomatidae, Rhincodontidae. pp. 1260–1263 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1998. Families Pseudocarchariidae, Alopiidae, Lamnidae. pp. 1268-1278 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1998. Family Hemigaleidae. pp. 1305-1311 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1998. Family Pristiophoridae. pp. 1233 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1998. Family Pseudotriakidae. pp. 1296 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1998. Family Sphyrnidae. pp. 1361-1366 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1999. Checklist of living elasmobranchs. In, Hamlett, W.C. (ed.). Sharks, Skates, and Rays: the Biology of Elasmobranch Fishes. Baltimore & London : John Hopkins University Press 515 pp.

Compagno, L.J.V. 1999. Chimaeras. pp. 1532-1537 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Compagno, L.J.V. 2001. Sharks of the World. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of shark species known to date. Bullhead, mackerel and carpet sharks (Heterodontiformes, Lamniformes and Orectolobiformes). Rome : FAO, FAO Species Catalogue for Fisheries Purposes No. 1 Vol. 2 269 pp.

Compagno, L.J.V. 2003. Sharks. pp. 357–505 in Carpenter, K.E. (ed.). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Atlantic. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 1 pp. 1-601.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Last, P.R. 1999. Families Gymnuridae, Myliobatidae, Rhinopteridae, Mobulidae. pp. 1505-1529 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Last, P.R. 1999. Families Narkidae, Hypnidae, Torpedinidae. pp. 1443-1451 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Last, P.R. 1999. Families Pristidae, Rhinidae, Rhinobatidae, Platyrhinidae. pp. 1410-1432 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Last, P.R. 1999. Family Hexatrygonidae. pp. 1477-2478 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Last, P.R. 1999. Family Plesiobatidae. pp. 1467-1468 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 3 pp. 1397–2068.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Niem, V.H. 1998. Families Scyliorhinidae, Proscylliidae. pp. 1279-1292 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Niem, V.H. 1998. Families Squatinidae, Heterodontidae, Parascylliidae, Brachaeluridae, Orectolobidae, Hemiscylliidae. pp. 1235–1259 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Niem, V.H. 1998. Family Carcharhinidae. pp. 1312-1360 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Niem, V.H. 1998. Family Odontaspididae. pp. 1264-1267 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Niem, V.H. 1998. Family Triakidae. pp. 1297-1304 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Niem, V.H. 1998. Hexanchidae, Echinorhinidae, Squalidae. pp. 1208-1232 in Carpenter, K.E. & Niem, V.H. (eds). The Living Marine Resources of the Western Central Pacific. FAO Species Identification Guide for Fisheries Purposes. Rome : FAO Vol. 2 pp. 687–1396.

Compagno, L.J.V. & Roberts, T.R. 1982. Freshwater stingrays (Dasyatidae) of Southeast Asia and New Guinea, with description of a new species of Himantura and reports of unidentified species. Environmental Biology of Fishes 7(4): 321–339 figs 1–12

Compagno, L.J.V. & Springer, S. 1971. Iago, a new genus of carcharhinid sharks, with a redescription of I. omanensis. Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 69(3): 615–626

Compagno, L.J.V. & Stevens, J.D. 1993. Atelomycterus fasciatus n. sp., a new catshark (Chondrichthyes: Carcharhiniformes: Scyliorhinidae) from tropical Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 45(2): 147–169

Compagno, L.J.V. & Stevens, J.D. 1993. Hemitriakis falcata n. sp. and H. abdita n. sp., two new houndsharks (Carcharhiniformes: Triakidae) from Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 45(2): 195–220

Compagno, L.J.V., Dando, M. & Fowler, S. 2005. A Field Guide to the Sharks of the World. London : Collins 368 pp.

Compagno, L.J.V., Stehmann, M. & Ebert, D.A. 1990. Rhinochimaera africana sp. n., a new longnosed chimaera from southern Africa, with comments on the systematics and distribution of the genus Rhinochimaera Garman, 1901 (Chondrichthyes, Chimaeriformes, Rhinochimaeridae). South African Journal of Marine Science 9: 201–222

Compagno, L.J.V., Stevens, J.D. & Last, P.R. 1999. Australian spotted catsharks of the genus Asymbolus (Carcharhinidae: Scyliorhinidae). Part 1: Descriptions of three new species from Western Australia. pp. 2–18, figs 1–3 in Last, P.R. (ed.). Australian catsharks of the genus Asymbolus (Carcharhiniformes: Scyliorhinidae). CSIRO Marine Laboratory. Report 239: 1–35, 6 figs

Comport, S.S., Ward, S.J. & Foley, W.J. 1996. Home ranges, time budgets, and food tree use in a high density tropical population of greater gliders, Petauroides volans minor (Pseudocheiridae, Marsupialia). Wildlife Research 23: 401–419

Compton, A. & Johnson, P.M. 1983. Observations of the sheath-tailed bat, Taphozous saccolaimus Temminck (Chiroptera: Emballonuridae), in the Townsville region of Queensland. Australian Mammology 6: 83–87

Compton, A. & Johnson, P.M. 1983. Observations of the sheath-tailed bat, Taphozous saccolaimus Temmick (Chiroptera: Emballonuridae), in the Townsville region of Queensland. Australian Mammology 6: 83–87

Conacher, M.J., Lanzing, W.J.R. & Larkum, A.W.D. 1976. Ecology of Botany Bay. II. Aspects of the feeding ecology of the fanbellied leatherjacket, Monacanthus chinensis (Pisces: Monacanthidae), in Posidonia australis seagrass beds in Quibray Bay, Botany Bay, New South Wales. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 30: 387-400

Conder, P. 1995. Dusky Flying-fox Pteropus brunneus. pp. 433–434 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Condon, H.T. 1941. Further records of lizards and frogs from Kangaroo Island. Records of the South Australian Museum 7: 111–116

Condon, H.T. 1941. The Australian broadtailed parrots (subfamily Platycercinae). Records of the South Australian Museum 7: 117–144

Condon, H.T. 1942. The Ground Parrot (Pezoporus wallicus) in South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 16: 4–7

Condon, H.T. 1951. Notes on the birds of South Australia: occurrence, distribution and taxonomy. South Australian Ornithologist 20: 26–68

Condon, H.T. 1962. Australian quail-thrushes of the genus Cinclosoma. Records of the South Australian Museum 14: 337-370

Condon, H.T. 1966. The Western Whipbird. Preliminary notes on the discovery of a new subspecies on southern Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. South Australian Ornithologist 24(5): 79-92

Condon, H.T. 1968. A Handlist of the Birds of South Australia. 2nd Edn revised and enlarged. Adelaide : South Australian Ornithol. Assoc. 141 pp.

Condon, H.T. 1969. A Handlist of the Birds of South Australia. Adelaide : South Australian Ornithologists Association pp. 141.

Condon, H.T. 1969. A new subspecies of the Western Grass-wren, Amytornis textilis (Dumont) in north-western Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 15(3): 205-206

Condon, H.T. 1975. Checklist of the Birds of Australia Pt 1 Non-passerines. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union xx 311 pp.

Condon, H.T. 1975. Checklist of the Birds of Australia. Part 1, Non-Passerines. Melbourne : Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union pp. xx 311.

Condon, H.T. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum IV. Birds. Records of the South Australian Museum 17: 189–193

Condé, B. 1977. Nouvelles observations sur les scorpénidés du genre Rhinopias à Maurice. Revue Francaise d'Aquariologie 4: 19–20

Connolly, J.H., Obendorf, D.L., Whittington, R.J. & Muir, D.B. 1998. Causes of morbidity and mortality in platypus (Ornithorhynchus anatinus) from Tasmania, with particular reference to Mucor amphibiorum infection. Australian Mammology 20: 177–187

Conole, L.E. 1996. The little pygmy-possum Cercartetus lepidus; an addition to the fauna of southwest-Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 113: 20–24

Cook, J. 1773. An Account of the Voyages under taken by the Order of his present Majesty for Making Discoveries in the Southern Hemisphere and successively performed by Commodore Byron, Captain Wallis, Captain Carteret and Captain Cook. London : J. Hawkesworth pp. 2 p. 18. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440 Mathews, G.M. 1914. Note on Platycercus (haematogaster), Gould. South Australian Ornithologist 1(2): 15–17]

Cook, R. 1973. The wall lizard, Cryptoblepharus boutonii virgatus. Herpetofauna 6: 15–16

Cooke, B.D. 1982. A shortage of water in natural pastures as a factor limiting a population of rabbits, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.), in arid, north-eastern South Australia. Australian Wildlife Research 9: 65–476

Cooke, B.D. 1983. Changes in the age-structure and size of populations of wild rabbits in South Australia, following the introduction of European rabbit fleas, Spilopsyllus cuniculi (Dale), as vectors of myxomatosis. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 105–120

Cooke, B.D. 1996. Analysis of the spread of rabbit calicivirus from Wardang Island through mainland Australia. Australian & New Zealand rabbit calicivirus disease program, Canberra. 25 pp.

Cooper, D.W. & McKenzie, M. 1997. Genetics of tammar wallabies. pp. 120–131 in Saunder, N.R. & Hinds, L.A. (eds). Marsupial Biology: Recent research, new advances. Sydney : University of N.S.W. Press pp. 413.

Cooper, D.W. & Woolley, P. 1983. Confirmation of a new species of small dasyurid marsupial by electrophoretic analysis of enzymes and proteins. Australian Journal of Zoology 31: 743–751

Cooper, D.W., Johnston, P.G., Vandeberg, J.L. & Robinson, E.S. 1990. X-chromosome inactivation in marsupials. Australian Journal of Zoology 37: 467–479

Cooper, J.A. & Chapleau, F. 1998. Monophyly and intrarelationships of the family Pleuronectidae (Pleuronectiformes), with a revised classification. Fishery Bulletin (U.S.) 69(4): 686–726

Cooper, J.A., Graham, K. & Chapleau, F. 1994. New record of the tongue flatfish, Plagiopsetta glossa (Samaridae, Pleuronectiformes) from Australia. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 41: 215–218

Cooper, M.L. 1998. Geographic variation in size and shape in the southern brown bandicoot, Isoodon obesulus, (Peramelidae: Marsupialia) in Western Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 46: 145–152

Cooper, N.K. 1993. Identification of Pseudomys chapmani, P. hermannsburgensis, P. delicatulus and Mus musculus using footpad patterns. Western Australian Naturalist 19: 69–73

Cooper, N.K. 1994. Identification of Pseudomys albocinereus, P. occidentalis, P. shortridgei, Rattus rattus and R. fuscipes using footpad patterns. Western Australian Naturalist 19: 279–283

Cooper, N.K., Aplin, K.P. & Adams, M. 2000. A new species of false antechinus (Marsupialia: Dasyuromorphia: Dasyuridae) from the Pilbara region, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 20: 115–136

Cooper, R.P. 1962. A revision of the distribution of the Brown Pigeon. The Emu 61: 253–269

Cooper, S.J.B., Reardon, T.B. & Skilins, J. 1998. Molecular systematics of Australian rhinolophid bats (Chiroptera: Rhinolophidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 46: 203–220

Cope, E.D. 1864. On the characters of the higher groups of Reptilia-Squamata and especially of the Diploglossa. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1864: 224–231

Cope, E.D. 1864. On the limits and relations of the Raniformes. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1864: 181–183

Cope, E.D. 1865. Sketch of the primary groups of Batrachia Salientia. Natural History Review 5: 97–120

Cope, E.D. 1866. On the structure and distribution of the genera of arciferous Anura. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 2 6: 67–112

Cope, E.D. 1867. On the families of raniform Anura. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 2 6: 189–206

Cope, E.D. 1869. Observations on reptiles of the Old World. Article II. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1868: 316–323

Cope, E.D. 1869. Seventh contribution to the herpetology of tropical America. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 11: 147–169

Cope, E.D. 1871. Contribution to the ichthyology of the Lesser Antilles. Transactions of the Australian Entomological Society 14(3): 445–483 figs 1–10

Cope, E.D. 1889. The Batrachia of North America. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 34: 1–515

Cope, E.D. 1892. On degenerate types of scapular and pelvic arches in the Lacertilia. Journal of Morphology 7: 227–244

Copland, S.J. 1946. Catalogue of reptiles in the Macleay Museum I. Sphenomorphus pardalis (Macleay) and Sphenomorphus nigricaudis nigricaudis (Macleay). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 70: 291–311

Copland, S.J. 1946. Geographic variation in the lizard Hemiergis decresiensis (Fitzinger). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 70: 62–92 [1945 on title page]

Copland, S.J. 1947. Catalogue of reptiles in the Macleay Museum. II. Sphenomorphus spaldingi (Macleay). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 71: 136–144

Copland, S.J. 1947. Taxonomic notes on the genus Ablepharus (Sauria: Scincidae). I. A new species from the Darling River. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 71: 282–286

Copland, S.J. 1949. Taxonomic notes on the genus Ablepharus (Sauria: Scincidae). II. The race of Ablepharus burnetti Oudemans. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 73: 362–371 [1948 on title page]

Copland, S.J. 1952. Taxonomic notes on the genus Ablepharus (Sauria: Scincidae). III. A new species from north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 77: 121–125

Copland, S.J. 1953. Recent Australian herpetology. The blood vascular system of the trunk of the goanna Varanus varius (Shaw). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 78: v–xviii

Copland, S.J. 1957. Presidential address. Australian tree frogs of the genus Hyla. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 82: 9–108

Copland, S.J. 1960. A new tree-frog (genus Hyla) from Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 85: 154–156

Copland, S.J. 1961. A new name for Hyla pearsoni, preoccupied. (Amphibia). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 86: 168

Copland, S.J. 1962. Hyla phyllochrous Günther (Amphibia) as an addition to the fauna of Victoria, with the description of a new race and a note on the name of the genus. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 87: 137–140

Copland, S.J. 1962. Rediscovery of a little known Victorian frog. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 86: 258–261

Copland, S.J. 1963. Size at metamorphosis of the frog Hyla aureus raniformis (Keferstein). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 88: 105–107

Copley, P. 1988. The stick-nest rats of Australia. A final report to World Wildlife Fund (Australia). Department of Environment and Planning: Adelaide. 277 pp.

Copley, P.B. & Alexander, P.J. 1997. Overview of the status of rock-wallabies in South Australia. Australian Mammology 19: 153–162

Copley, P.B. & Robertson, A.C. 1983. Studies on the yellow-footed rock-wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus Gray (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). II. Diet. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 63–76

Copley, P.B. & Robinson, A.C. 1983. Studies on the yellow-footed rock-wallaby, Petrogale xanthopus Gray (Marsupialia Macropodidae) II. Diet. Australian Wildlife Research 10: 63–76

Copley, P.B., Read, V.T., Robinson, A.C. & Watts, A.C. 1990. Preliminary studies of the Nuyts Archipelago bandicoot Isoodon obesulus nauticus on the Franklin Islands, South Australia. pp. 345–356 in Seebeck, J.H., Brown, P.R., Wallis, R.L. & Kemper, C.M. (eds). Bandicoots and Bilbies. Chipping Norton : Surrey Beatty & Sons pp. 392.

Copson, G.R. 1986. The diet of the introduced rodents Mus musculus L. and Rattus rattus L. on subantarctic Macquarie Island. Australian Wildlife Research 13: 441–445

Corben, C. & Ingram, G.J. 1987. A new barred river frog (Myobatrachidae: Mixophyes). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 26(1): 233–237

Corben, C., Roberts, G. & Smyth, A. 1982. Roosting of a White-throated Needletail. Sunbird 12: 47–48

Corben, C.J., Ingram, G.J. & Tyler, M.J. 1974. Gastric brooding: unique form of parental care in an Australian frog. Science (Washington, D.C.) 186: 946–947

Corbet, G.B. 1978. The Mammals of the Palaearctic Region: A taxonomic review. London & Ithaca : British Museum & Cornell Univ. Press pp. 314.

Corbet, G.B. 1983. A review of classification in the family Leporidae. Acta Zoologica Fennica 174: 11–15

Corbet, G.B. & Hill, J.E. 1980. A World List of Mammalian Species. London : British Museum pp. viii 226.

Corbett, L. 1994. The dingo in Australia and Asia. Sydney : University of New South Wales Press pp. 200.

Corbett, L. 1995. Does dingo predation or buffalo competition regulate feral pig populations in the Australian wet-dry tropics? An experimental study. Wildlife Research 22: 65–74

Corbett, L.K. 1975. Geographical distribution and habitat of the marsupial mole, Notoryctes typhlops. Australian Mammology 1: 375–378

Corbett, L.K. 1985. Morphological comparisons of Australian and Thai dingoes: A reappraisal of dingo status, distribution and ancestry. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 13: 277–291

Corbett, L.K. 1995. Bali Banteng Bos javanicus. pp. 726–728 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Corbett, L.K. 1995. Dingo Canis lupus dingo. pp. 696–698 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Corbett, L.K. 1995. Swamp Buffalo Bubalus bubalis. pp. 723–725 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Corbett, L.K. & Newsome, A.E. 1987. The feeding ecology of the dingo. III. Dietary relationships with widely fluctuating prey populations in arid Australia: an hypothesis of alternation of predation. Oecologia (Berlin) 74: 215–227

Corbin, K.W. 1968. Taxonomic relationships of some Columba species. Condor 70: 1–13

Corfe, B. 1977. A sighting of the fig-parrot in south-east Queensland. Sunbird 8: 44

Cork, S.J. 1986. Foliage of Eucalyptus punctata and the maintenance nitrogen requirements of koalas, Phascolarctos cinereus. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 17–23

Cork, S.J. 1990. Digestive physiology of koalas. Proceedings of the Australian Physiological and Pharmacological Society 21: 95–104

Cork, S.J. & Dove, H. 1986. Milk consumption in late lactation in a marsupial, the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of Australia 1986: 93

Cork, S.J. & Dove, H. 1989. Lactation in the tammar wallaby (Macropus eugenii). II. Intake of milk components and maternal allocation of energy. Journal of Zoology, London 219: 399–409

Cork, S.J. & Hume, I.D. 1983. Microbial digestion in the koala (Phascolarctos cinereus, Marsupialia), an arboreal folivore. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 152: 131–136

Cork, S.J. & Pahl, L. 1984. The possible influence of nutritional factors on diet and habitat selection by the ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus). pp. 269–276 in Smith, A. & Hume, I. (eds). Possums and Gliders. Sydney : Surrey Beatty & Sons with Australian Mammal Society 598 pp.

Cork, S.J. & Warner, A.C.I. 1983. The passage of digesta markers through the gut of a folivorous marsupial, the koala Phascolarctos cinereus. Journal of Comparative Physiology B 152: 43–52

Cork, S.J., Hume, I.D. & Dawson, T.J. 1983. Digestion and metabolism of a natural foliar diet (Eucalyptus punctata) by an arboreal marsupial, the koala (Phascolarctos cinereus). Journal of Comparative Physiology B 153: 181–190

Corkeron, P.J. 1990. Aspects of the behavioural ecology of inshore dolphins, Tursiops truncatus and Sousa chinensis in Moreton Bay, Australia. pp. 285–294 in Leatherwood, S. & Reeves, R.R. (eds). The bottlenose dolphin. San Diego : Academic Press.

Corkeron, P.J. 1995. Humpback whales (Megaptera novaeangliae) in Hervy Bay, Queensland: Behaviour and responses to whale-watching vessels. Canadian Journal of Zoology 73: 1290–1299

Corkeron, P.J. & Bryden, M.M. 1991. Sightings of Risso's dolphin, Grampus griseus (Cetacea: Delphinidae) off Fraser Island, Queensland. Australian Mammology 15: 129–130

Corkeron, P.J., Brown, M., Slade, R.W. & Bryden, M.M. 1994. Humpback whales, Megaloptera novaeangliae (Cetacea: Balaenopteridae), in Hervy Bay, Queensland. Wildlife Research 21: 293–305

Corkeron, P.J., Bryden, M.M. & Hedstrom, K. 1990. Feeding by bottlenose dolphins in association with trawling operations in Moreton Bay, Australia. pp. 329–336 in Leatherwood, S. & Reeves, R.R. (eds). The bottlenose dolphin. San Diego : Academic Press.

Corkerton, P.J., Morris, R.J. & Bryden, M.M. 1987. Interactions between bottlenose dolphins and sharks in Moreton Bay, Queensland. Aquatic Mammals 13: 109–113

Cornell, C. 1974. The Journal of Post Captain Nicolas Baudin Commander-in-Chief of the Corvettes Geographe and Naturaliste. Adelaide : Library Board of South Australia 468 pp. [Sclater, P.L. 1893. List of the dates of delivery of the sheets of the "Proceedings" of the Zoological Society of London, from the commencement in 1830 to 1859 inclusive. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1893: 435–440]

Corrigan, S. & Beheregaray, L.B. 2009. A recent shark radiation: molecular phylogeny, biogeography and speciation of wobbegong sharks (family: Orectolobidae). Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 52: 205–216

Cotton, J. 1848. List of birds which frequent the upper portion of the River Goulburn in the district of Port Phillip, New South Wales. Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science 3(5): 361-365

Coues, E 1882. The Coues check list of North American birds. Boston : Estes & Lauriat pp. 165.

Coues, E. 1861. [Title]. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 13: 190

Coues, E. 1891. Scenopoetes dentirostris. Auk 8: 115

Coulson, G. 1988. The history of kangaroo populations in Hattah-Kulkyne National Park, north-western Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 105: 68–73

Coulson, G. 1989. Repertoires of social behaviour in the Macropodoidea. pp. 457–473 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, wallabies and rat-kangaroos. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons 835 pp.

Coulson, G. 1990. Applied behaviour: its role in conservation of the eastern barred bandicoot. pp. 77–87 in Clark, T.W. & Seebeck, J.H. (eds). Management and conservation of small populations. Brookfield : Chicago Zoological Society.

Coulson, G. 1990. Habitat separation in the grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus Shaw and M. fuliginosus (Desmarest) (Marsupialia: Macropodidae), in Grampians National Park, Victoria. Australian Mammology 13: 219–221

Coulson, G. 1993. The influence of population density and habitat on grouping in the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus. Wildlife Research 20: 151–162

Coulson, G. 1993. Use of heterogeneous habitat by the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus. Wildlife Research 20: 137–149

Coulson, G. 1996. A safe and selective draw-string trap to capture kangaroos moving under fences. Wildlife Research 23: 621–627

Coulson, G. 1997. Repertoires of social behaviour in captive and free-ranging grey kangaroos, Macropus giganteus and Macropus fuliginosus (Marsupilaia: Macropodidae). Journal of Zoology, London 242: 119–130

Coulson, G. & Norbury, G. 1988. Ecology and management of western grey kangaroos (Macropus fuliginosus) at Hattah-Kulkine National Park. Arthur Rylah Institute for Environmental Research Technical Report Series. No. 72. 45 pp.

Coulson, G. & Troy, S. 1992. First record of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus at Hattah-Kulkyne National Park, northwestern Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 109: 49–50

Coulson, G., Norbury, G. & Walters, B. 1990. Forage biomass and kangaroo populations (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in summer and autumn at Hattah-Kalkyne National Park, Victoria. Australian Mammology 13: 219–222

Coulson, G.M. 1979. Extension of range of the western grey kangaroo, Macropus fuliginosus, in Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 97: 4–5

Coulson, G.M. 1981. The management of forester kangaroos. 189–229 in Jones, R. (ed.). Exploited and endangered wildlife. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania Occasional Papers 12

Coulson, G.M. & Hutchinson, C. 1983. Extension of range of the eastern grey kangaroo, Macropus giganteus, in Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 100: 204–206

Coulson, R.I. & Heron, D.C. 1981. Population, trade and management of the brush possum. 37–72 in Jones, R. (ed.). Exploitation of endangered wildlife. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania Occasional Papers 12

Coulter, A.R., Broad, A.J. & Sutherland, S.K. 1979. Isolation and properties of a high molecular weight neurotoxin from the eastern brown snake (Pseudonaja textilis). pp. 160 in Chubb, I.W. & Greffen, L.B. (eds). Neurotoxins: Fundamental and Clinical Advances. Adelaide : Adelaide University Union Press.

Couper, P.J. 1993. A new species of Lygisaurus de Vis (Reptilia: Scincidae) from mideastern Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 33(1): 163–166

Couper, P.J. & Ingram, G.J. 1992. A new species of skink of Lerista from Queensland and a re-appraisal of L. allanae (Longman). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 32(1): 55–59

Couper, P.J. & Keim, L.D. 1998. Two new species of Saproscincus (Reptilia: Scincidae) from Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42(2): 465–473

Couper, P.J. & Pianka, E.R. 1997. Synonymy of Ctenotus monticola Storr, 1981 and Ctenotus hypatia Ingram and Czechura, 1990. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42(1): 12

Couper, P.J. in Couper, P.J. & Gregson, R.A.M 1984. Redescription of Nephrurus asper Günther, and description of N. amyae sp. nov. and N. sheai sp. nov. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 37(1): 67–81

Couper, P.J., Amey, A.P. & Kutt, A.S. 2002. A new species of Ctenotus (Scincidae) from central Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 48: 85–91

Couper, P.J., Covacevich, J.A. & Lethbridge, P.J. 1994. Carlia parrhasius, a new Queensland skink. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 35(1): 31–33

Couper, P.J., Covacevich, J.A. & Moritz, C. 1993. A review of the leaf-tailed geckos endemic to eastern Australia: a new genus, four new species, and other new data. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34(1): 95–124

Couper, P.J., Covacevich, J.A. & Wilson, S.K. 1998. Two new species of Ramphotyphlops (Squamata: Typhlopidae) from Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42(2): 459–464

Couper, P.J., Covacevich, J.A., Marsterson, S.P. & Shea, G.M. 1996. Coggeria naufragus gen, et sp. nov., a sand-swimming skink from Fraser Island, Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39(2): 233–241

Couper, P.J., Sadlier, R.A., Shea, G.M. & Wilmer, J.W. 2008. A reassessment of Saltuarius swaini (Lacertilia: Diplodactylidae) in southeastern Queensland and New South Wales; two new taxa, phylogeny, biogeography and conservation. Records of the Australian Museum 60: 87–118

Couper, P.J., Schneider, C.J. & Covacevich, J.A. 1997. A new species of Saltuarius (Lacertilia: Gekkonidae) from granite-based, open forests of eastern Australia. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42(1): 91–96

Couper, P.J., Schneider, C.J., Hoskin, C.J. & Covacevich, J.A. 2000. Australian leaf-tailed geckos: phylogeny, a new genus, two new species and other new data. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 45(2): 235–265

Courtice, G.P. & Grigg, G.C. 1975. A taxonomic revision of the Litoria aurea complex (Anura: Hylidae) in south-eastern Australia. Australian Zoologist 18: 149–163

Courtney, J. 1963. King Island, Bass Strait—The remarkable faunal unit (with description of a new form of Potorous rat-kangaroo). Australian Aviculture 17: 18–20,92

Courtney, J. 1966. A little-known feeding habit of the Red-backed Parrot. The Emu 66: 72–73

Courtney, J. 1967. Observations on hybridism among rosellas in the natural state. The Emu 67: 152–154

Courtney, J. 1971. Breeding of the Rainbowbird at Swan Vale, NSW. The Emu 71: 172–173

Courtney, J. 1971. Breeding of the Red-rumped Kingfisher at Swan Vale, NSW. The Emu 71: 174–175

Courtney, J. 1974. Comments on the taxonomic position of the Cockatiel. The Emu 74: 97–102

Courtney, J. 1986. Age-related colour changes and behaviour in the northern Funereal Black-Cockatoo, Calyptorhynchus funereus funereus. Bird Watcher 11: 137–145

Courtney, J. 1986. Plumage development and breeding biology of the Glossy Black-Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus lathami. Australian Bird Watcher 11: 261–273

Courtney, J. 1993. Comments on the taxonomic position of the Galah Cacatua roseicapilla. Australian Bird Watcher 15: 60–67

Covacevich, J. 1968. The Snakes of Brisbane. Brisbane : Queensland Museum pp. 27.

Covacevich, J. 1971. Amphibian and reptile type specimens in the Queensland Museum. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 16: 49–68

Covacevich, J. 1974. An unusual aggregation of snakes following major flooding in the Ipswich-Brisbane area, south-eastern Queensland. Herpetofauna 7: 21–24

Covacevich, J. 1975. A review of the genus Phyllurus (Lacertilia: Gekkonidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 17: 293–303

Covacevich, J. 1984. A biogeographically significant new species of Leiolopisma (Scincidae) from north eastern Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 21(2): 401–411

Covacevich, J. 1995. Lakeland Downs Mouse Leggadina lakedownensis. pp. 556–557 in Strahan, R. (ed.). The Mammals of Australia. The National Photographic Index of Australian Wildlife. Sydney : Reed New Holland pp. 756.

Covacevich, J. & Archer, M. 1975. The distribution of the cane toad, Bufo marinus, in Australia and its effects on indigenous vertebrates. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 17: 305–310

Covacevich, J. & Ingram, G. 1975. Three new species of rainbow skinks of the genus Carlia from northern Queensland. Victorian Naturalist 92: 19–22

Covacevich, J. & Ingram, G.J. 1978. An undescribed species of rock dwelling Cryptoblepharus (Lacertilia: Scincidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 18: 151–154

Covacevich, J. & Limpus, C. 1972. Observations on community egg-laying by the yellow-faced whip snake, Demansias psammophis (Schlegel, 1837) (Squamata: Elapidae). Herpetologica 28: 208–210

Covacevich, J. & Limpus, C. 1973. Two large winter aggregations of three species of tree-climbing snakes in south-eastern Queensland. Herpetofauna 6: 16–21

Covacevich, J. & McDonald, K.R. 1980. Two new species of skinks from mid-eastern Queensland rainforest. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 20: 95–101

Covacevich, J., Ingram, G.J. & Czechura, G.V. 1982. Rare frogs and reptiles of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Biological Conservation 22: 283–294

Covacevich, J., McDowell, S.B., Tanner, C. & Mengden, G.A. 1981. The relationship of the taipan, Oxyuranus scutellatus, and the small-scaled snake, Oxyuranus microlepidotus (Serpentes: Elapidae). pp. 160–168 in Banks, C.B. & Martin, A.A. (eds). Proceedings of the Melbourne Herpetological Symposium, 1980. Melbourne : Zoological Board of Victoria.

Covacevich, J.A. & Couper, P.J. 1996. Aspidites ramsayi (Boidae) in the Brigalow Biogeographic Region of Queensland: Occurrence, conservation status and possible bilby associations. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39: 243–246

Covacevich, J.A., Couper, P.J. & James, C. 1993. A new skink, Nangura spinosa gen. et sp. nov., from a dry rainforest of southeastern Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34(1): 159–167

Coventry, A.J. 1970. Reptile and amphibian type specimens housed in the National Museum of Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 31: 115–124

Coventry, A.J. 1971. Identification of the black-headed snakes (Denisonia) within Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 88: 304–306

Coventry, A.J. 1976. A new species of Hemiergis (Scincidae: Lygosominae) from Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 37: 23–26

Coventry, A.J. & Rawlinson, P.A. 1980. Taxonomic revision of the elapid snake genus Drysdalia Worrell, 1961. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 41: 65–78

Coventry, A.J. & Tanner, C. 1973. Notes on the short-necked tortoises Emydura australis (Gray) and Elseya dentata (Gray) in the Victoria River system, Northern Territory. Victorian Naturalist 90: 351–353

Coventry, P. 1989. Comments on airborne sightings of White-throated Needletails. Australian Bird Watcher 13: 36–37

Cowan, P.E. 1981. Early growth and development of roof rats, Rattus rattus L. Mammalia 45: 239–250

Cowan, P.E. 1987. The influence of lures and relative opportunity for capture on catches of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 14: 149–161

Cowan, P.E. 1989. Changes in milk composition during lactation in the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 1: 325–335

Cowan, P.E. 1989. Denning habits of common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, in New Zealand lowland forest. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 63–78

Cowan, P.E. 1990. Brushtail possum Trichosurus vulpecula (Kerr, 1792). pp. 68–98 in King, C.M. (ed.). The handbook of New Zealand mammals. Auckland : Oxford University Press.

Cowan, P.E. 1990. Fruits, seeds and flowers in the diet of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, in lowland podocarp/mixed hardwood forest, Orongorongo Valley, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 17: 549–566

Cowan, P.E. 1992. The eradication of introduced possums, Trichosurus vulpecula from Kapiti Island, a New Zealand nature reserve. Biological Conservation 61: 217–226

Cowan, P.E. 1993. Effects of intensive trapping on breeding and age structure of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, on Kapiti Island, New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 20: 1–11

Cowan, P.E. & Moeed, A. 1987. Invertebrates in the diet of brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 14: 149–161

Cowan, P.E. & Rhodes, D.S. 1992. Restricting the movements of brushtail possums Trichosurus vulpecula on farmland with electric fencing. Wildlife Research 19: 47–58

Cowan, P.E. & White, A.J. 1989. Evaluation of a tooth-wear age index for brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula. Australian Wildlife Research 16: 321–322

Cowan, P.E., Brockie, R.E., Smith, R.N. & Hearfield, M.E. 1997. Dispersal of juvenile brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula, after a control operation. Wildlife Research 24: 279–288

Cowie, P.K. 1966. Friend, Matthew Curling. pp. 417–418 in Shaw, A.G.L. & Clark, C.M.H. (eds). Australian Dictionary of Biography. Carlton : Melbourne Univ. Press Vol. 1 pp. 1788–1850.

Cowles, G.S. 1964. A new Australian babbler. The Emu 64(1): 1-5

Cowper, T.R. 1956. A new gadiform fish from the continental slope off south-eastern Australia. Pacific Science 10(4): 407–409 figs 1–2

Cox, G. & Francis, M. 1997. Sharks and Rays of New Zealand. Christchurch : Canterbury University 68 pp.

Coyle, P. 1988. Rainbow Lorikeets (Trichoglossus haematodus) released on Rottnest Island in 1960. Western Australian Naturalist 17: 109–110

Cracraft, J. 1971. The relationships and evolution of the rollers: families Coraciidae, Brachypteraciidae, and Leptosomatidae. Auk 88: 723–752

Cracraft, J. 1986. Origin and evolution of continental biotas: speciation and historical congruence within the Australian avifauna. Evolution 40: 977–996

Craig, J. 1978. The birth of red-bellied black snakes — Pseudechis porphyriacus. South Australian Herpetology Group. Newsletter 1978: 7

Craig, M.T., Hastings, P.A. & Pondella, D.J. II 2004. Notes on the systematics of the crestfish genus Lophotus (Lampridiformes: Lophotidae), with a new record from California. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 103(2): 57–65 fig. 1

Craig, S.A. 1985. Social organization, reproduction and feeding behaviour of a population of yellow-bellied gliders, Petaurus australis (Marsupialia: Petauridae). Australian Wildlife Research 12: 1–18

Craig, S.A. 1986. A record of twins in the yellow-bellied glider, (Petaurus australis Shaw) (Marsupialia: Petauridae) with notes on the litter size and reproductive strategy of the species. Victorian Naturalist 103: 72–75

Cramp, S. (ed.) 1985. Handbook of the Birds of Europe, the Middle East and North Africa The Birds of the Western Palaearctic. Oxford : Oxford University Press Vol. 4 960 pp. 98 pls.

Crawford, D.N. 1972. Birds of Darwin area, with some records from other parts of Northern Territory. The Emu 72: 131–148

Crawford, M. 1981. Superb Fruit-Dove at Pennant Hills, Sydney. Australian Birds 16: 25–26

Cressey, R. 1981. Revision of the Indo-west Pacific lizardfishes of the genus Synodus (Pisces : Synodontidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 342: 1–53 figs 1–44

Cressey, R.F. & Lachner, E.A. 1970. The parasitic copepod diet and life history of diskfishes (Echeneidae). Copeia 1970(2): 310–318

Cretzschmar, PJ 1827. Atlas zu der reise im nördlichen Afrika, von Eduard Rüppell. 1. Abth. Zoologie. Hrsg. von der Senkenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft. 5 volumes. Frankfurt am Main : Gedruckt und in commission bei H. L. Brönner.

Crichton, E.G. 1969. Reproduction in the pseudomyine rodent Mesembriomys gouldii (Gray) (Muridae). Australian Journal of Zoology 17: 785–797

Crichton, E.G. & Krutzsch, P.H. 1987. Reproductive biology of the female little mastiff bat, Mormopterus planiceps (Chiroptera: Molossidae) in southeast Australia. American Journal of Anatomy 178: 369–386

Crisp, E. 1862. On the situation, form, and capacity of the gall-bladder in the Vertebrata; on its absence in certain animals; and on the colour of the bile. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 132–139

Crisp, E.A., Cowan, P.E. & Messer, M. 1989. Changes in milk carbohydrates during lactation in the common brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 1: 309–314

Crisp, E.A., Messer, M. & Cowan, P.E. 1989. Intestinal lactase ( betagalactosidase) and other disaccharidase activities of suckling and adult common brushtail possums, Trichosurus vulpecula (Marsupialia: Phalangeridae). Reproduction, Fertility and Development 1: 315–324

Crisp, E.A., Messer, M. & Shaughnessy, P.D. 1988. Intestinaol lactase and other disaccharidase activities of a suckling crabeater seal (Lobodon carcinophagus). Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology. B. Comparative Biochemistry 90: 371–374

Croft, D.B. 1981. Behaviour of red kangaroos, Macropus rufus (Desmarest, 1822) in northwestern New South Wales, Australia. Australian Mammology 4: 5–58

Croft, D.B. 1981. Social behaviour of euro, Macropus robustus (Gould) in the Australian arid zone. Australian Wildlife Research 8: 13–49

Croft, D.B. 1982. Communication in the Dasyuridae (Marsupialia): A review. pp. 291–309 in Archer, M. (ed.). Carnivorous Marsupials. Sydney : Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales Vol. 1.

Croft, D.B. 1982. Some observations on the behaviour of the antilopine wallaroo Macropus antilopinus (Marsupialia: Macropodidae). Australian Mammology 5: 5–13

Croft, D.B. 1987. Socio-ecology of the antilopine wallaroo, Macropus antilopinus, in the Northern Territory, with observations on sympatric M. robustus woodwardi and M. agilis. Australian Wildlife Research 14: 163–177

Croft, D.B. 1989. Social organization of the Macropodoidea. pp. 505–525 in Grigg, G., Jarman, P. & Hume, I. (eds). Kangaroos, wallabies and rat-kangaroos. Chipping Norton, NSW : Surrey Beatty & Sons 835 pp.

Croft, D.B. 1991. Home range of the euro, Macropus robustus erubescens. Journal of Arid Environments 20: 99–111

Croft, D.B. 1991. Home range of the red kangaroo, Macropus rufus. Journal of Arid Environments 20: 83–98

Croft, J.D. & Hone, L.J. 1978. The stomach contents of foxes, Vulpes vulpes, collected in New South Wales. Australian Wildlife Research 5: 85–92

Crome, B. 1981. The diet of some ground-layer lizards in three woodlands of the New England Tableland of Australia. Herpetofauna 13: 4–11

Crome, F.H.J. 1975. Breeding, feeding and status of the Torres Strait Pigeon at Low Isles, north-eastern Queensland. The Emu 75: 189–198

Crome, F.H.J. 1975. Notes on the breeding of the Purple-crowned Pigeon. The Emu 75: 172–174

Crome, F.H.J. 1975. The ecology of fruit pigeons in tropical northern Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 2: 155–185

Crome, F.H.J. 1976. Breeding, moult and food of the Squatter Pigeon in north-eastern Queensland. Australian Wildlife Research 3: 45–59

Crome, F.H.J. & Johnstone, R.E. 1979. Geographical variation in the Australian Rock Pigeons. Records of the Western Australian Museum 8: 117–133

Crome, F.H.J., Carpenter, S.M. & Frith, H.J. 1980. Geographic variation and taxonomy of the Spinifex Pigeon, Geophaps plumifera. Australian Journal of Zoology 28: 135–150

Cronin, L. (ed.) 1987. Koala: Australia's endearing marsupial. French's Forest : Reed Books pp. 135.

Crook, G.A. & Tyler, M.J. 1981. Structure and function of the tibial gland of the Australian frog Limnodynastes dumerilii Peters. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 105: 49–52

Crosetti, D., Nelson, W.S. & Avise, J.C. 1994. Pronounced genetic structure of mitochondrial DNA among populations of the circumglobally distributed grey mullet (Mugil cephalus). Journal of Fish Biology 44: 47–58 figs 1–2

Crossman, D.G., Johnson, C.N. & Horsup, A.B. 1994. Trends in the population of the northern hairy-nosed wombat Lasiorhinus krefftii in Epping Forest National Park, central Queensland. Pacific Conservation Biology 1: 141–149

Crouther, M.M. 1983. Observations on White-rumped Swiftlets breeding at Finch Hatton Gorge 1981–82. Australian Bird Watcher 10: 1–11

Crouther, M.M. 1985. Some breeding records of the Common Koel Eudynamys scolopacea. Australian Bird Watcher 11: 49–56

Crouther, M.M. & Crouther, M.J. 1984. Observations on the breeding of figbirds and Common Koels. Corella 8: 89–92

Crowe, O. & Hume, I.D. 1997. Morphology and function of the gastrointestinal tract of Australian folivorous possums. Australian Journal of Zoology 45: 357–368

Crowley, G.V. & Hall, L.S. 1994. Histological observations on the wing of the grey-headed flying fox (Pteropus poliocephalus) (Chiroptera: Pteropodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 215–231

Crowley, H.M., Woodward, D.R. & Rose, R.W. 1988. Changes in milk composition during lactation in the potoroo, Potorous tridactylus (Marsupialia: Potoroidae). Australian Journal of Biological Sciences 41: 289–296

Crowley, L.E.L.M. 1990. Biogeography of the endemic freshwater fish Craterocephalus (Family Atherinidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 28(1): 89-98

Crowley, L.E.L.M. & Ivantsoff, W. 1988. A new species of Australian Craterocephalus (Pisces: Atherinidae) and redescription of four other species. Records of the Western Australian Museum 14(2): 151–169

Crowley, L.E.L.M. & Ivantsoff, W. 1990. A review of species previously identified as Craterocephalus eyresii (Pisces: Atherinidae). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 112(2): 87–103

Crowley, L.E.L.M. & Ivantsoff, W. 1990. A second hardyhead, Craterocephalus gloveri (Pisces: Atherinidae), from Dalhousie Springs, central Australia. Ichthyological Explorations of Freshwater 1(2): 113–122

Crowley, L.E.L.M. & Ivantsoff, W. 1991. Genetic similarity among populations of rainbowfishes (Pisces: Melanotaeniidae) from Atherton Tableland, northern Queensland. Ichthyological Explorations of Freshwater 2(2): 129-137

Crowley, L.E.L.M. & Ivantsoff, W. 1992. Redefinition of the freshwater fish genus Craterocephalus (Teleostei: Atherinidae) of Australia and New Guinea with an analysis of three species. Ichthyological Explorations of Freshwater 3(3): 273–287

Crowley, L.E.L.M., Ivantsoff, W. & Allen, G.R. 1986. Taxonomic position of two crimson-spotted rainbowfish, Melanotaenia duboulayi and Melanotaenia fluviatilis (Pisces: Melanotaeniidae), from Eastern Australia, with special reference to their early life-history stages. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 37: 385–398 figs 1–6

Crowley, L.E.L.M., Ivantsoff, W. & Allen, G.R. 1991. Freshwater fishes of the genus Craterocephalus (Atherinidae) from the southern drainages of Papua New Guinea and Irian Jaya with reference to C. s. stercusmuscarum from Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 15(1): 33-52

Crowther, M.S., Dickman, C.R. & Lynam, A.J. 1999. Sminthopsis griseoventer boullangerensis (Marsupialia : Dasyuridae), a new subspecies in the S. murina complex from Boullanger Island, Western Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 47: 215-243

Cruickshank, R.A. & Brown, S.G. 1981. Recent observations and some historical records of southern right-whale dolphins (Lissodelphis peronii). Fisheries Bulletin of South Africa 15: 109–121

Cuellar, O. & Kluge, A.G. 1972. Natural parthenogenesis in the gekkonid lizard Lepidodactylus lugubris. Journal of Genetics 61: 14–26

Cues, E. 1861. Notes on the Ornithology of Labrador. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1861: 215-257

Cummings, W.C. 1985. Right whales Eubalaena glacialis (Müller, 1776) and Eubalaena australis (Desmoulins, 1822). pp. 275–304 in Ridgway, S.H. & Harrison, R. (eds). Handbook of marine mammals. Volume 3. The sirenians and baleen whales. London : Academic Press pp. 362.

Cummins, J.M., Temple-Smith, P.D. & Renfree, M.B. 1986. Reproduction in the male honey possum (Tarsipes rostratus: Marsupialia): the epididymus. American Journal of Anatomy 177: 385–402

Curlewis, J.D. 1989. The breeding season of Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus) in Tasmania. Journal of Zoology, London 218: 337–339

Curlewis, J.D. 1991. Seasonal changes in the reproductive organs and plasma and pituitary hormone content of the male Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Zoology, London 223: 223–231

Curlewis, J.D. & Loudon, A.S.L. 1989. The role of refractoriness to long daylength in the annual reproductive cycle of the female Bennett's wallaby (Macropus rufogriseus rufogriseus). Journal of Experimental Biology 252: 200–206

Curlewis, J.D. & Stone, G.M. 1985. Some effects of breeding season and castration on the p

Australian Biological Resources Study

Australian Faunal Directory

Higher Taxon GNATHOSTOMATA

Bibliography for GNATHOSTOMATA